Manual kv sw292m50, kv sw292m61, kv sw292m80 e kv sw292n60 chassis bx1l

Page 1

REVISION HISTORY

BX1L

CHASSIS

PART NO. : 9-872-834-02

MODEL

KV-SW292M50 KV-SW292M50 KV-SW292M61 KV-SW292M80 KV-SW292N60

NO.

SUFFIX

DATE

SUPP / CORR

DESCRIPTION

1

-01

2005/7

__

1st Issue

2

-02

2006/2

Corr

a) TV Photo incorrect (cover page) b) Beznet Assy illustration incorrect (page 59)


SERVICE MANUAL MODEL

KV-SW292M50 KV-SW292M50 KV-SW292M61 KV-SW292M80 KV-SW292N60

COMMANDER DEST.

CHASSIS NO.

RM-GA002 India

SCC-V06T-A

RM-GA002 Thailand

SCC-V39F-A

RM-GA002 GE

SCC-V44C-A

RM-GA002 India

SCC-V06S-A

RM-GA002 Philippines

SCC-V41C-A

BX1L MODEL

CHASSIS

COMMANDER DEST.

CHASSIS NO.

RM-GA002

TRINITRON ® COLOR TV


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section

Title

Page

Section

SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ..................................3

Title

Page

4. DIAGRAMS 4-1. Block Diagram ......................................................... 31 4-2. Circuit Boards Location .......................................... 32 4-3. Schematic Diagram Information ............................. 32 4-3-1. C Board Schematic Diagram ........................ 33 4-3-2. A Board — (Block 001) ............................... 35 4-3-3. A Board — (Block 002) .............................. 37 4-3-4. A Board — (Block 003) ............................... 39 4-3-5. J3 Board Schematic Diagram ....................... 40 4-3-6. F1 and H4 Boards Schematic Diagrams ...... 41 4-3-7 .H7 Boards Schematic Diagram .................... 42 4-3-8 F2 Board Schematic Diagram ...................... 44 4-3-9. VM Board Schematic Diagram .................... 46 4-4. Voltage Measurement and Waveforms .................... 47 4-5. Printed Wiring Boards ............................................. 52 4-6. Semiconductors ........................................................ 57

1. DISASSEMBLY 1-1. Rear Cover Removal .................................................. 5 1-2. Speaker Removal ....................................................... 5 1-3. Chassis Assy Removal ............................................... 5 1-4. Service Position ......................................................... 5 1-5. Terminal Bracket Removal ........................................ 5 1-6. F2 and J3 Board Removal ......................................... 5 1-7. F1 Board Removal ..................................................... 6 1-8. H4 and H7 Boards Removal ...................................... 6 1-9. A Board Removal ...................................................... 6 1-10. Picture Tube Removal ................................................ 7 2. SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS 2-1. Beam Landing ............................................................ 8 2-2. Convergence ............................................................... 9 2-3. Focus Adjustment .................................................... 11 2-4. G2 (SCREEN) Adjustments .................................... 11 2-5. White Balance Adjustment ...................................... 11

5. EXPLODED VIEWS 5-1. Picture Tube and Speaker Bracket .......................... 59 5-2. Chassis ..................................................................... 61 6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ........................................ 62

3. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS 3-1. Adjustment With Commander ................................. 12 3-2. Adjustment Method ................................................. 13 3-3. Picture Quality Adjustment ..................................... 29 3-4. Geometry Adjustment .............................................. 30

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

CAUTION

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!

SHORT CIRCUIT THE ANODE OF THE PICTURE TUBE AND THE ANODE CAP TO THE METAL CHASSIS, CRT SHIELD, OR CARBON PAINTED ON THE CRT, AFTER REMOVING THE ANODE.

COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARK ! ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.

–2–


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION The units in this manual contain a self-diagnostic function. If an error occurs, the STANDBY Indicator will automatically begin to flash. The number of times the STANDBY Indicator flashes translates to a probable source of the problem.If an error symptom cannot be reproduced, the remote commander can be used to review the failure occurrence data stored in memory to reveal past problems and how often these problems occur.

1. DIAGNOSTIC TEST INDICATORS When an error occurs, the STANDBY Indicator will flash a number of times to indicate the possible cause of the problem. If there is more than one error, the Indicator will identify the first of the problem areas. Result for all of the following diagnostic items are displayed on screen. No error has occured if the screen displays a “0”. Diagnosis Item Description

No. of times STANDBY Indicator flashes

Diagnostic Result on screen display

Does not light

• +B overcurrent (OCP)

2 times

• Vertical NG.

• No Power

Probable Cause Location

Detected Symptoms

• Power cord is not plugged in. • Fuse is burned out (F4601) (F Board)

• Power does not come on. • No power is supplied to the TV. • AC power supply is faulty.

2:0 2:1 ~ 255

• H.OUT (Q511) is shorted. (A board) • IC751 is shorted. (C/CV Board)

• Power does not come on. • Load on power line is shorted.

4 times

4:0 4:1 ~ 255

• +13V is not supplied. (A Board) • IC503 voltage list is faulty. (A Board)

• Has entered standby state after horizontal raster. • Vertical deflection pulse is stopped. • Power line is shorted or power supply is stopped.

• IK (AKB)

5 times

5:0 5:1 ~ 255

• Video OUT (IC751) is faulty. (C Board) • IC001 is faulty. (A Board) • Screen (G2) is improperly adjusted.

• No raster is generated. • CRT cathode current detection reference pulse output is small.

• Supply Voltage Protection

8 times

8:0 8:1 ~ 255

• IC604 faulty. • IC607 faulty.

• No power supply to CRT ANODE. • No RASTER is generated.

2. STANDBY INDICATOR BLINKING PROCESS

3. STANDBY INDICATOR ON TV FRONT PANEL Standby indicator

Lamp ON 300ms

Lamp OFF 300ms

Lamp OFF 3 seconds

The example above represents for 4 times blink

–3–


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

4. SELF DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY SELF DIAGNOSTIC 2: 3: 4: 5: 8:

000 N/A 000 001 002

101 :

"0" means no fault has been detected.

"1" means a fault has been detected. "2" means two faults has been detected.

N/A

"N/A" means not available for this models.

5. HANDLING SELF DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY No. 1.

Description Display self diagnostic screen

Method

[Display] t [Channel 5 ] t [Volume ] t [Power / TV] Note: The above must be performed while TV is on standby mode.

2.

Stop standby flash

i) Turn off power switch on main. ii) Unplug power cord from the outlet.

3.

Clear fault result

In self diagnostic screen, press [Channel 8 ] t Note: Diagnostic results display on screen is not automatically cleared. Therefore, clear result after completion of repair.

4.

Quit self diagnostic screen

Turn off power switch of remote commander or main unit.

6. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CIRCUIT

A BOARD IC001 Y/CHROMA JUNGLE FROM C BOARD IC751 PIN 5 A BOARD FROM Q816 COLLECTOR

A BOARD IC804 V.OUT

A BOARD IC001 SYSTEM

A BOARD IC003 MEMORY

SDA1 45 IK

F.B-PLS

3

116 V.GUARD RED LED

97 EHTO

30

5 SDA

7 DISPLAY

[+B overcurrent $OCP%]

Occurs when an overcurrent on the +B(135V) line is detected by pin 97 of IC001 (A board). If the voltage of pin 97 of IC001 (A board) is more than 4V, the unit will automatically go to standby.

[V-PROTECT]

Occurs when an absence of the vertical deflection pulse is detected by pin 116 of IC001 (A board).

[IK $AKB%]

If the RGB levels* do not balance within 15 sec after the power is turned on, this error will be detected by IC001 (A board). TV will stay on, but there will be 5 times LED blinking.

POWER SUPPLY NG (+5V) for VIDEO PROCESSOR

Occurs when IC001 internal HV protect detects an abnormal H-Pulse (frequency) due to improper power supply to IC001. TV cuts off high voltage power of anode CRT. No picture will be detected. eg: IC602, IC604 go faulty.

* (Refers to the RGB levels of the AKB detection Ref pulse that detects IK.)

–4–


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

SECTION 1 DISASSEMBLY 1-1. REAR COVER REMOVAL

1-2. SPEAKER REMOVAL

2 Rear cover

2 Two screws (Washer Head) (+P4 × 16)

1 Eleven screws (+BVTP 4 × 16)

1-3. CHASSIS ASSY REMOVAL

1-4. SERVICE POSITION

1-5.

1-6. F2 (except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

TERMINAL BRACKET REMOVAL

AND J3 BOARDS REMOVAL

2 One screw (+BVTP 3 × 12)

3 F2 board

2 J3 Board 3 One screw (+BVTP 3 × 12)

5 Terminal bracket

1 Two screws (+BVTP 3 × 12)

1 One screw 4 Two hooks (+BVTP 4 × 16)

–5–


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

1-7. F1 BOARD REMOVAL

1-8. H4 and H7 BOARDS REMOVAL

1 One screw (+BVTAP 3 x 12)

3 Five Hooks

2 H4 Board 1 Four Hooks

2 One hooks 3 F1 Board

1-9. A BOARD REMOVAL 2 One screw (Washer head) (+P 3 × 12) 1 Five screws (+BVTAP 3 × 12)

4 A Board 3 Four Hooks

–6–

4 H7 Board


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

1-10. PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL Note: •

Please make sure the TV set is not in standing position before removing necessary CRT support located on bottom right and left. 1) Remove the rear cover. 2) Unplug all interconnecting leads from the Deflection yoke, Neck assy, Degaussing Coil and CRT grounding strap. Remove Chassis Assy. 3) Place the TV set with the CRT face down on a cushion jig.

4 Anode Cap Removal 5 Band, DGC Removal

qg Nut, Special, CRT (x4)

6 Earth Coating Assy qf Degaussing Coil

7 Loosen the Neck Assembly fixing screw and removal 8 C Board Removal

qd Holder, DGC(2) Removal

qs Spring Tension(2) Removal

9 Chassis Assy Removal

qa Loosen the Deflection Yoke 0 VM Board Removal fixing screw and remove

• REMOVAL OF ANODE-CAP Note: • After removing the anode, short circuit the anode of the picture tube and the anode cap to the metal chassis, CRT shield or carbon paint on the CRT.

REMOVING PROCEDURES

c

a

anode button a

3 When one side of the rubber cap is separated from the anode button, the anode-cap can be removed by turning up the rubber cap and pulling it up in the direction of the arrow c.

1 Turn up one side of the rubber cap in the direction indicated by the arrow a.

HOW TO HANDLE AN ANODE-CAP

1 Do not damage the surface of anode-caps with sharp shaped objects. 2 Do not press the rubber too hard so as not to damage the inside of anode-cap. A metal fitting called the shatter-hook terminal is built into the rubber. 3 Do not turn the foot of rubber over too hard. The shatter-hook terminal will stick out or damage the rubber.

b b

2 Using a thumb pull up the rubber cap firmly in the direction indicated by the arrow b.

–7–


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

SECTION 2 SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS The following adjustments should be made when a complete realignment is required or a new picture tube is installed.

Perform the adjustments in order as follows : 1. Beam Landing 2. Convergence 3. Focus 4. G2(SCREEN) 5. White Balance

The controls and switch should be set as follows unless otherwise noted: Picture Control....................................."NORMAL" Brightness Control..............................."NORMAL"

Note : Test Equipment Required. 1. Pattern Generator 5. Oscilloscope 2. Degausser 6. Landing Checker 3. DC Power Supply 7. XCV Adjuster 4. Digital Multimeter

......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Preparation : • Feed in the white pattern signal. • Before starting, degauss the entire screen with the degausser. • In order to reduce the geomagnetism on the set's picture tube, face it east or west.

6. Then move the DY forward and adjust so that the entire screen becomes green.

2-1. BEAM LANDING ADJUSTMENT 1. Input a raster signal with the pattern generator. 2. Loose the deflection yoke(DY) mounting screw, and set the purity control to the center as shown below:Purity control 7. Now switch over raster signal to red then blue and confirm the condition. 8. When the position of the DY is determined, tighten it with the DY mounting screw. 9. If the beam does not land correctly in all the corners of the screen, use magnet disc to correct it.

Purity control corrects this area.

3. Position Neck Assy as shown below:Neck assy

Align the edge of the neck assy with the edge of the G2 grid.

b

a

c

d

Disc magnets or rotatable disc magnets correct these areas (a-d).

Deflection yoke positioning corrects these areas.

b

G1

G2

c

G3

4. Set the raster signal of the pattern generator to green. 5. Move the DY backward and adjust the purity control so that green is in the center and blue and red are at the sides evenly.

Red

a d

Blue

Green

–8–


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

2-2. CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT Preparation: • Before starting, perform FOCUS adjustment. • Picture Mode "SOFT" • Receive dot/cross hatch pattern.

b) Horizontal Static Convergence If the blue dots does not converge with the red and green dots, use the 6 pole magnet to adjust in the manner described below:R G

B

R

B

R

G

B

R

G

B

R

G B

a) Vertical Static Convergence Center dot

R G B

R

G

B

G

G R

B

4 pole magnet

RV705 H. STAT

6 Pole Magnet

RV1800 G2 (SCREEN)

6 Pole Magnet Purity

C Board

1. (Moving vertically), adjust the 4 pole magnet to converge red, green and blue dots in the center of the screen. 2. Tilt the 4 pole magnet and adjust static convergence to open or close the 4 pole magnet. DY pocket 4 pole Magnet

4 Pole Magnet

3. When the 4 pole magnet is moved in the direction of arrow A and B, the red, green and blue dots moves as shown below:A

B

A B

B

B

B

G

G

R

R

c) Y Separation axis correction magnet adjustment. 1. Receive cross hatch signal. 2. Set Picture to "MINIMUM", Brightness to "STANDARD". 3. Adjust the Y separation axis correction magnet on the Neck Assembly so that the horizontal lines at the top and bottom of the screen are straight.

Blue

Red Neck assy

Blue

Red Neck assy

Moved RV750 (H.STAT)

R

G

B

R

G

B VM board

–9–

VM board


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

d) Convergence Rough Adjustment Preparation: • Before starting this adjustment, adjust the horizontal and vertical static convergence.

b1

a1

Input cross hatch pattern. i) TLH Adjust the horizontal convergence of red and blue dots by inserting TLH Correction Plate to the DY pocket(left or right). ii) YCH Adjust YCH to balance Y axis. iii) TLV Adjust the vertical convergence of red and blue dots. iv) XCV Adjust XCV to balance X-axis d1 RB

RB

B R

a1~d1: Piece A(90), Convergence Correct or Permaloy Assy Correction

R B

YCH

TLH

XCV

TLV

ON DY : ON DY :

(VR2) YCH

(VR1) TLV1 (no need to adjust) DY pocket TLH Plate

(VR3) TLV2 (XCV)

DY pocket

e) Screen Corner Convergence Affix a Piece A(90), Convergence Correct/Permaloy Assy Correction to the misconverged areas. .

b

a

a-d : screen-corner misconvergence

c

c1

d

– 10 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

2-3. FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

2-5. WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT

FOCUS adjustment should be completed before W/B adjustment.

1. Set to Service Mode. 2. Input white raster signal using signal generator. 3. Set the following condition: Picture "DYNAMIC", PICT 006 "WTS" to 00. 4. At Highlight condition, select WHBL 003 "GDRV" and 004 "BDRV" with 1 and 4 button of the remote commander then adjust the data with 3 and 6 button. 5. At Cutoff, select WHBL 000 "BKOR" and 001 "BKOG" and adjust the data. 6. Perform adjustment at Hightlight and Cutoff condition until it reaches its target. 7. Write data into memory by pressing [MUTING]➔-. 8. Finally set PICT 006 "WTS" back to its original data.

1. Receive digital monoscope pattern. 2. Set Picture Mode to "DYNAMIC". 3. Adjust focus VR to obtain a just focus at the center of the screen. 4. Change the receiving signal to white pattern and blue back. 5. Confirm magenta ring is not noticeable. In case magenta ring is obvious, then adjust FOCUS VR to balance magenta ring and FOCUS.

Focus Screen

FLYBACK TRANSFORMER (T503)

2-4. G2 (SCREEN) ADJUSTMENTS 1. Set the following condition: - Picture and Brightness to "STANDARD". - TV to Video mode. - WHBL 16 "RGBB" to 01. 2. Connect R,G,B of the C board cathode to oscilloscope. 3. Adjust Brightness to obtain the cathode value to the value stated below.

Cathode setting voltage: 170 V ± 2 (VDC)

4. Adjust SCREEN VR on the FBT until the scanning line disappears. 5. Finally set WHBL 016 "RGBB" back to 00.

– 11 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

SECTION 3 CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS 3-1. ADJUSTMENT WITH COMMANDER Service adjustments to this model can be performed using the supplied remote commander RM-GA002. a. ENTERING SERVICE MODE With the unit on standby t [DISPLAY] t 5 t [VOL $+% ] t [POWER] This operation sequence puts the unit into service mode. This screen display is: Category GEOM Release ID SUS01

Item no. in decimal

Item name

Service data in decimal

NVM NG

Service Command

Field Frequency

Channel no./ Video Input Name

006

EWPW

031

x

SERVICE

60

S VIDEO 1

Software Version

Service data in binary

Reserved for factory

Color System

Power On Time (decimal)

3.50M

0001 1111

FF FF

NTSC3

65553

Status SID, Lock, SL :not locked (no signal) :locked

Status VW, IVWF

Status BC, HBC

Status BCF

Status S/N LEVEL (0-7)

Status GL

Status Display Area

111

11

11

1

7

11 Status PTW

ZZ xy 1 1 000000 000000

S : for Sony A : for AIWA L : BX1L Full B : BX1L Basic D : DVD Combo U S : Taiwan/Korea/Philippines G A : General Area 01 : Serial no. of the M / P release for each destination

ZZ : DCXO Flash Value xy : Value of x : 0 - unknown 1 - BTSC 2 - A2 3 - NICAM 4 - KOREAN 5 - Japan 6 - AV Stereo

Value of y 0 - Mono 1 - Stereo 2 - Bilingual 4 - SAP/Single

b. METHOD OF CANCELLATION FROM SERVICE MODE Set the standby condition (Press [POWER] button on the commander), then press [POWER] button again, hereupon it becomes TV mode. c. METHOD OF WRITE INTO MEMORY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Set to Service Mode. Press 1 (UP) and 4 (DOWN), to select the adjustment item. Change item by pressing 3, 6. Press [MUTING] button to indicate WRITE on the screen. Press - button to write into memory. 1, 4 r 3, 6 r [MUTING] r -

Select the adjustment item. Raise/lower the data value. Writes. Executes the writing.

d. MEMORY WRITE CONFIRMATION METHOD 1. After adjustment, pull out the plug from AC outlet, and then plug into AC outlet again. 2. Turn the power switch ON and set to Service Mode. 3. Call the adjusted items again to confirm adjustments were made.

– 12 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

e. OTHER FUNCTION VIA REMOTE COMMANDER 7, 8, [Display], 2, 5

All the data becomes the values in memory. All user control goes to the standard state. Service data initialization (Be sure not to use usually.) Select Device or Category (Up, Down)

3-2. ADJUSTMENT METHOD Item Number 000 HPOS This explanation uses H POSITION as an example. 1. Select "000 HPOS" with the 1 and 4 buttons, or 2 and 5. 2. Raise/lower the data with the 3 and 6 buttons. 3. Select the optimum state. (The standard is IF for PAL reception.) 4. Write with the [MUTING] button. (The display changes to WRITE.) 5. Execute the writing with the - button. (The WRITE display will be changed to red color while excuting, and back to SERVICE.) Example on screen display :GEOM

000

SUS01 3.50M

GEOM

000

SUS01 3.50M

HPOS

031

SERVICE

50

0001

1111

FF FF

NTSC3 65553

HPOS

031

WRITE

50

0001

1111

FF FF

NTSC3 65553

GREEN Adjusted with 3 and 6 buttons. GREEN

Write with [MUTING] GEOM

000

SUS01 3.50M

HPOS

031

WRITE

50

0001

1111

FF FF

NTSC3 65553

Write executed with -

RED The WRITE display then the display returns to green SERVICE.

Use the same method for all Items. Use 1 and 4 to select the adjustment item, use 3 and 6 to adjust, write with [MUTING], then execute the write with -. Note : 1. In [WRITE], the data for all items are written into memory together. 2. For adjustment items that have different standard data between 50Hz or 60Hz, be sure to use the respective input signal after adjustment.

– 13 –


TVJ Category GEOM

– 14 –

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

HPOS

031

063

Horizontal Shift (HS)

001

HPAR

031

063

002

HBOW

031

003

VLIN

004

Function

Device Name

Common

Initial Value (Detailed) (4:3) 50

(4:3) 60

(4:3) w50

(4:3) w60

31

31

31

31

Horizontal Parallelogram

31

31

31

31

063

Horizontal Bow

31

31

31

31

031

063

Vertical Linearity

31

31

31

31

VSCR

031

063

Vertical Scroll

31

31

31

31

005

HSIZ

031

063

EW Width (EW)

31

31

31

31

006

EWPW

031

063

EW Parabola/Width (PW)

31

31

31

31

007

UCOP

017

063

EW Upper Corner Parabola

17

17

17

17

008

LCOP

017

063

EW Lower Corner Parabola

17

17

17

17

009

EWTZ

031

063

EW Trapezium

31

31

31

31

010

VSLP

031

063

Vertical Slope (VS)

31

31

31

31

011

VSIZ

015

063

Vertical Amplitude

15

15

15

15

012

SCOR

014

063

S-Correction (SC)

14

14

14

14

013

VPOS

031

063

Vertical Shift (VSH)

31

31

31

31

014

VZOM

031

063

Vertical Zoom (VZ)

015

HBL

000

001

RGB Blanking Mode

01

01

01

01

016

WBF

007

015

Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF)

08

04

08

04

017

WBR

007

015

Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR)

09

10

09

10

018

SBL

000

001

Service Blanking

00

019

COPY

000

001

Copy the GEO data to all 50/60Hz NVM area

X

TV-Processor

RM-GA002

NOTE a) In the initial value (detailed) column, the data after the slash mark ("/") refers to NTSC model data. No ("/") means data is common for Multi and NTSC model. b) Item remarked "*" and "**", please refer page xx ~ xx for the data (not applicable for these models). c) shaded items are no data. d) Standard data listed on the Adjustment Item Table are reference values, therefore it may be different for each model and for each mode. e) Note for the Different Data those are the standard data values written on the microprocessor. Therefore, the data values of the models are stored respectively in the memory. In the case of a device replacement, adjustment by rewriting the data value is necessary for some items. f) Multi ver6.16, NTSC ver6.19N

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

Adjustment Item Table


TVJ Category WHBL

– 15 –

TVJ Category SADJ

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

BKOR

031

063

Black Level Offset R (OFB = 00), Offset B (OFB = 01)

col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)

001

BKOG

031

063

Black Level Offset G

col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

Initial Value (Detailed) Col Temp (COOL other)

002

RDRV

037

063

White Point R

col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)

003

GDRV

037

063

White Point G

col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)

004

BDRV

037

063

White Point B

col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)

005

LPG

000

001

RGB Gain Preset

TV-Processor TV-Processor

none

006

PGR

031

127

Preset Gain R (PGR)

none

40

PGG

031

127

Preset Gain G (PGG)

none

40

008

PGB

031

127

Preset Gain B (PGB)

none

009

GNOF

000

015

Preset Gain Offset

none

010

SBRT

031

063

Sub-Brightness

011

SBR O

000

003

Sub-Brightness Offset (Intelligent Pic)

none

00

012

EGL

000

001

Enable Gain Loop in CCC System

none

00

013

SGL

000

003

Selection of High Current in CCC System

none

00

014

AKB

000

001

Black Current Stabilization

none

00 00

000

001

Control Sequence of Beam Current Limiting

none

000

003

RGB Blanking

none

017

BLBG

000

001

Blanking of Blue & Green Output

none

018

OFB

000

001

Black Level Offset Blue

none

01

019

NSBR

000

015

Non Standard Brightness Offset

none

00

020

WBP

000

003

Color Temp Setting (0:High, 1:Normal, 2,3:Low)

Range Dec

000

PMAX

063

063

Picture Maximum

001

SHUE

007

015

Sub-Hue

002

SSHP

015

063

Sub-Sharpness

003

SSHO

000

007

Sub-Sharpness Offset (Intelligent Pic)

Function

SCOL

031

063

Sub-Color

005

SCOO

000

003

Sub-Color Offset (Intelligent Pic)

31

31

31

31

31

20

20

20

20

20

37

37

37

37

37

37

45

42

37

45

42

37

48

40

30

48

40

30

Picture Mode

Table & Note

(TV / Video)*(Normal / Wide) / <Normal / Wide>

Pic mode 0 (Vivid)

00

Device Name

Common 50 pal (Video)

50 Secam (TV)

50 Secam (Video)

60TV

60 (Video)

50YUV 60YUV

Pic mode 0 (Vivid)

Pic mode 1 Pic mode 2 (Std) (Custom)

TV-Processor

TV / Video / YUV

TV

Video

38

38

01

01

30

TV

Video

TV Wide (4:3)

Video Wide (4:3)

46

46

40

40

02

09

26/22

34

04/05

50pal(tv)/50pal(video)/50secam(tv)/50secam(video)/ 60TV/60video/50YUV/60YUV/50RGB/60RGB none

Pic mode 2 (Custom)

Initial Value (Detailed) 50 pal (TV)

TV / Video none

Pic mode 1 (Std)

00

YUV

004

31 20

YUV

38

CBS

Init.

Col Temp (NEUTRAL YUV)

10

RGBB

Dec

Col Temp (WARM YUV)

Others/RGB/YUV

015

Name

Col Temp (COOL YUV)

40 CCC loop

016

Functionality

Col Temp (NEUTRAL other)

00

007

No.

Col Temp (WARM other)

29

29

29

29

30

30

29

29

01/02

006

PIC

031

127

Picture Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data)

100

90

100

007

COL

031

127

Color Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data)

57

50

50

BRT

031

127

Brightness Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data)

48

50

50

HUE

031

127

Hue Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)] (*Send to TINT #1Eh(5-0) with US model)

Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data)

50

50

50

010

SHP

031

127

Sharpness Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]

Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data)

58

50

50

RM-GA002

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

008 009


YC

SYNC

Init.

Range

Name

Dec

Dec

000

PFRQ

000

003

Peaking Center Frequency and Delay

TV/other

001

RPA

001

003

Ratio Pre & Over Shoot

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

Initial Value (Detailed) Others

002

RPO

002

003

Ratio of Positive & Negative Peaks

003

YDLY

012

015

Y-Delay

004

CMAT

000

003

PAL-SECAM or NTSC (Japan/USA) Matrix

005

ACL

001

001

Automatic Color Limiting

006

CB

000

001

Chroma Bandpass Center Frequency

01 03

BPS

000

001

Bypass of Chroma Base-band Delay Line

012

FCO

000

001

Forced Color On

013

TINT

031

063

Base-Band Tint Control

014

TUV

000

001

Tint Control on UV Signals

06/-

11

09

06

10/-

00

SECAM Black Offset

011

10/-

01 valid only with TV (*Video:0 fix)

PAL/NTSC Ident Sensitivity Chroma Trap Mode

10/-

00

003

Center Frequency of Cloche(Bell) Filter

02 10

003 001

TV

02

001

001

NTSC

TV/other

001 000

SECAM

00

SBO

000

PAL(Video) NTSC(Video) SECAM(Video) S-INPUT

02

CHSE CLO

SECAM(TV)

02

008

CTRP

NTSC(TV)

TV/other

007 009

PAL(TV)

00

TV-Processor

(PAL/NTSC/SECAM)*(TV/VIDEO)+YUV/S-INPUT

010

YUV

RM-GA002

– 16 –

TVJ Category

Functionality No.

00 SECAM/others

00

NTSC/others

00

01 01

00 YUV/others

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

SYS

000

001

Synchronization on YSYNC Input

001

FO

000

003

Phase 1 Time Constant

002

VID

000

001

Video Ident Mode

Function

32

32

32

00

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

Initial Value (Detailed) (4:3) 50 (4:3) 60

003

FSL

000

001

Forced Slicing Level for Vertical Sync

004

SSL

000

001

Slicing Level Sync Separator

005

SVID

001

007

Source Selection for Video Identification

006

FORF

000

003

Forced Field Frequency

007

MVK

000

001

Macro Vision Keying

TV Processor

Others

YUV

TV

Video

Teletext

TV-ip

No signal

03

03

01/-

00

00

00

TV IP ON/TV IP OFF/Video/Teletext/Auto Tuning or No signal(RF) 50/60

00

00

00

00

00 50/60 YUV/Others

00 03/00 01

00

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

TVJ Category


TVJ Category PICT

Functionality

Range

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

Initial Value (Detailed) Others

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

CADL

007

015

Cathode Drive Level

001

CFA

000

003

Comb Filter Mode

00

002

SOC

002

003

Soft Clipping Level

02

Live

003

PWL

001

001

Peak White Limiting Switch

01

WHTL

006

015

Peak White Limiting

00

005

GAM

001

001

Gamma

006

WTS

001

003

Gamma Control and White Stretch

Live/Others

01

01

007

TFR

000

001

DC Transfer Ratio of Luminance Signal

Live/Others

01

01

TV (Others)

Video (Dyn)

01

02

00

Video ColorTemp (Others) (HIGH)

ColorTemp (Others)

Color Temp(LOW)

Color Temp (NORMAL)

01

01

01

008

CO R

003

003

Coring

009

CORO

000

003

Coring Offset (Intelligent Pic)

010

BKS

003

003

Black Stretch

011

AAS

001

001

Black Area to Switch off the Black Stretch

012

DSK

000

001

Dynamic Skin Control

013

BLS

000

001

Blue Stretch

014

NBLS

000

001

Operation Blue Stretch Circuit

015

NRR

000

001

Non Red Reduction

– 17 –

Category

TV (Dyn)

05

004

TVJ SW

Init.

(TV/Video)*(Dyna/others)

01

01 RGB/others

02 01 00

col temp (HIGH/OTHERS)

00

00

00 col temp (HIGH/LOW/NORMAL)

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

CV2

000

001

CVBS2 Input Signal Selection

001

SVO

001

003

Function of IFVO/SVO/CVBSI Pin @ 48

002

D FL

000

001

Flash Protection

Function

01

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

Initial Value (Detailed) YUV

TV

Video

03

01

01

00 TV/Video/YUV 01

RM-GA002

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60


Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

OIFD

036

063

Offset IF Demodulator

001

AGCT

031

063

AGC Take-over

24

002

STM

000

001

Search Tuning Mode

01

003

GD

00 0

001

Group Delay on CVBS1 Signal

00

004

AGCS

001

003

IF AGC Speed

01

005

FFI

000

001

Fast Filter IF PLL

00

006

LNAI

000

001

RF Amp LNA bit initial value

00

007

LNAT

195

225

RF Amp Threshold Level

195

008

LNSN

004

007

RF Amp SN Level Threshold

03

009

LNSD

002

007

RF Amp SN Level Drop Threshold

01

010

LNEX

016

063

RF Amp check SN Drop Timing

30

011

CHTR

048

127

Channel Threshold after Auto Prg to set RF Amp User Mode

25

012

TUSO

000

001

Sony Tuner Used

00

Init.

Range

Category VIF

– 18 – TVJ Category VM

Functionality

Function

Function

Table & Note

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

Name

Dec

Dec

000

RGBD

003

007

Delayof RGB Output to VM Output

none

001

VMA

003

003

Amplitude of VM Output

none

002

VMAP

002

003

VM setting (0:High, 1:Low, 2,3:OFF)

003

VMMO

003

003

VM Mode

005

CRAO

000

001

Coring on SVM

TV-Processor

Common

TV-Processor

36

Initial Value(Detailed) Others

No.

Device Name

Pic mode 0 (Vivid)

Pic mode 1 (Std)

Pic mode 2 (Custom)

00

00

00

TV

04 03/02

Picture Mode 03 TV/others

00

01

RM-GA002

Initial

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

Functionality

0TVJ


TVJ Category SDEM

TVJ Category TXT

– 19 –

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

FMWS

000

003

Window Selection for FM Demodulator

001

QSS

001

001

Quasi Split Sound (QSS) Amplifier Mode (N/A for GA multi M system)

002

BPB

000

001

Bypass of Sound Bandpass Filter

00

003

AMLO

000

001

Audio Output Signal for AM Sound

00

004

HPVC

000

001

Head Phone Volume Control

00

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

TXV

039

063

Teletext Vertical Position for Philips

001

THD

005

127

Teletext H-sync Active Edge Shift

10

002

TBR

015

031

Teletext RGB Brightness

22

003

ACQ

000

001

Teletext Acquisition (Auto-0, PAL-1)

Function

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

TV-Processor

02 00/01

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

Text Decoder

39

-/00

RM-GA002

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60


SDSP

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

BBL

000

015

BBE Contour

001

BBH

000

015

BBE Process

00

002

BBLW

000

015

BBE Contour Offset

04

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

Initial Value (Detailed) TV

SSD

Video

Off

SRS/WOW Trusurround

Istreo (ON)

Imono (Simulated)

08

06

05

03

00

003

SVOF

000

015

Surround/Effect Mode Volume Offset

004

LAD

000

031

Decoder Level Adjust

005

LAM

000

031

Mono Level Adjust

05

006

LAN

000

031

Nicam Level Adjust

22

Off(SRS/WOW)/Trusurround/Istereo/Imono

06

11/-

06/-

007

LAS

000

031

SAP Level Adjust

008

LAA

000

031

ADC Level Adjust

009

SEF

003

007

Incredible Mono/Stereo Effect

010

BAS

000

015

Main Bass Offset

23

RM-GA002

05

05 RF/Video/centerSpk/RFSub/VideoSub

00

Istereo/Imono

011

TRE

000

015

Main Treble Offset

26

012

EQ1

000

015

Equalizer Main Channel Band (100 Hz) Offset

00

013

EQ2

000

015

Equalizer Main Channel Band (300Hz) Offset

18

014

EQ3

000

015

Equalizer Main Channel Band (1000 Hz) Offset

01

015

EQ4

000

015

Equalizer Main Channel Band (3000 Hz) Offset

04

– 20 –

016

EQ 5

000

015

Equalizer Main Channel Band (8000 Hz) Offset

03

017

BFCT

005

007

DBE, DUB and BBE Control

00 04

018

SCEN

001

015

SRS3D Center Control

019

SSPA

000

015

SRS3D Space Control

01

020

BBHW

000

015

BBE process offset in WOW mode

00

021

STRE

002

007

Treble Offset for surround mode

01

022

BBHT

000

015

BBE Offset in TV mode

00

023

TTRE

002

007

Treble Offset in TV mode

03

00

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

TVJ Category


TVJ Category SDEC

– 21 – TVJ Category

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

SPTU

003

015

Upper Threshold for SAP carrier detection

001

SPTL

006

015

Lower Threshold for SAP carrier detection

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

SSD

08/05 15

002

SPTH

000

031

Noise Threshold for automute of SAP

003

SPHY

004

015

Hysteresis size for automute of SA

03

004

FMTH

000

031

Noise Threshold for automute of SC2 in FM A2 standard

18

005

FMHY

004

015

Hysteresis size for automute of SC2 in FM A2 standard

07

006

NILE

100

255

NICAM lower error limit (DDEP)

50

007

NIUE

200

255

NICAM upper error limit (DDEP)

008

EPMD

001

003

DEMDEC Easy Programming (DDEP)

009

STDS

019

031

Bits multiplexed for ASD and SSS modes

010

OVMA

001

001

FM overmodulation adaption

011

FLBW

000

003

FM/AM demodulator filter bandwidth

012

IDMD

000

003

FM ident speed in SSS mode

00

013

OVMT

001

002

Overmodulation level threshold relative to nominal

03

014

DCXI

000

001

NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Inverter

00

015

DCXG

000

007

NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Gain

00

016

DCLL

011

015

NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Limit (L)

00

017

DCLH

000

031

NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Limit (H)

00

018

IDKR

001

003

IDMOD setting Korean M STD

00

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Dec

Dec

Name

Function

000

KNLL

000

255

Korean Noise Det Lower Threshold Lower Byte

001

KNLH

012

255

Korean Noise Det Lower Threshold Higher Byte

002

KNHL

000

255

Korean Noise Det Upper Threshold Lower Byte

003

KNHH

020

255

Korean Noise Det Upper Threshold Higher Byte

004

KLIC

060

255

Korean Lost Pilot ID Maintaining Count

005

KLIM

001

127

Korean Lost Pilot ID Maintaining Count Multiplier

006

KSDC

006

255

Korean Stereo Detect Count

00/05

200 If EPMD = 0 and STDS =

01 13 00 03/01

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

If EPMD = 0 and STDS =

(For KOREAN NTSC model only) RM-GA002

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

SDKC

Functionality


Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

PIP

000

HPS

051

255

001

VPS

027

255

Vertical Picture Position

002

VFP

008

015

Vertical Fine Position

003

HFP

015

015

Horizontal Fine Position

004

VSP

000

001

Vertical Sync Pulse Noise Reduction

TVJ

Functionality

Function

Device Name

Common

Initial Value (Detailed) (4.3) 50

Horizontal Picture Position

VDL

000

031

Vertical Sync Pulse Delay

DLY

001

015

Selay Delay

007

AGV

011

015

Automatic Gain Control Value

008

CPD

000

003

Clamping Duration

009

PLL

000

003

Insert PLL time Constant

010

YCD

012

015

Y/C Delay Color killer Threshold

011

KIL

000

003

012

BGP

000

001

Burst Gate Position

013

DEM

001

003

Deemphase Selction

014

CMA

001

003

Chroma Bandwitch

015

IFC

002

003

IF Compensation Filter

016

HUE

032

063

HUE Control

017

SCA

006

031

Color Subcarrier Adjustment

018

CON

000

015

Contrast Adjustment

019

BRT

000

015

brightness Adjustment Peak Level Red

020

PKR

133

255

021

PKG

133

255

Peak Level Green

022

PKB

133

255

Peak Level Blue Frame Color Y

– 22 –

023

FRY

015

015

024

SAT

007

015

Color Saturation Adjustment

025

YPK

003

007

Y Peaking Adjustment Y Coring Enable

026

YCO

001

001

027

P21

000

007

PALIDL 2 and PALIDL 1

028

PAL

000

001

PAL ID Level

029

POV

000

007

Position Offset Vertical

030

POH

016

031

Position Offset Horizontal

031

CPL

001

003

Clamping Pulse Length

032

SRL

000

003

Secam Rejection Level

033

SIL

007

007

Secam Identifikation Level

034

SED

001

001

Secam divider

035

BFA

001

001

Bellfilter Adjustment

036

P12

000

003

PAL Increment 1 and 2

037

LOS

001

003

Locking Speed

038

SAL

000

007

Secam Acceptance Level

039

SEA

000

001

Secam Acceptance

040

NSR

000

007

Noise Reduction For Horizontal PLL

041

SLH

000

003

Slicing Level Threshold H

042

IAJ

000

003

I-adjustment For Horizontal PLL

043

V50

000

127

Vertical Window Noise Suppression Opening 50 Hz Vertical Window Noise Suppression Opening 60 Hz

044

V60

032

127

045

VNS

000

015

Vertical Window Noise Suppression Closing 60 Hz

046

VSC

000

015

Vertical Window Noise Suppression Closing 50 Hz Slicing Level Threshold V Polarity & SLTV

047

SVT

015

015

048

VFM

000

003

Vertical Flywheel Mode

049

VFW

000

001

Vertical Flywheel Lowpass for Vertical Sync-separation

050

LVS

000

003

051

CLA

003

003

Clamping latency

052

SCP

004

031

Start of Clamping Pulse

(4:3) 60

(16:9) 50WZ

(16:9) 60WZ

(16:9) 50N (16:9) 60N

(16:9) 50F

(16:9) 60F

(16:9) 50Z

(16:9) 60Z

Sub 50Hz

Sub 60Hz

TV

Video

SDA9288X

50/60 Hz (Sub Pic)

TV/Video

TV/Video

TV/Video

RM-GA002

005 006

(For PIP model only)

Table & Note

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

Init.

Category


TVJ Category HTV

TVJ Category OPTM

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

VMAX

000

063

Maximum Volume Level (MAX = 35+VMAX)

Volume Level

00

001

VINI

025

031

Initial Volume Level at Power on

Volume Level

00

002

STBY

000

001

Last Power Status (0 = follow the last power status, 1 = always STBY)

Last Power

00

003

IPRG

001

127

Initial Program Number at Power on (only for Multi Models)

Program Number

00

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

ASHT

006

007

Function

Function

Table & Note

Table & Note

Device Name

Device Name

Auto shut off timer (data * 5 min)

Common

Common

Initial Value (Detailed)

– 23 –

(4:3) 50

(4:3) 60

61

32/39

00/07

001

OSDB

000

015

OSD brightness

002

OSDH

008

015

OSD Horizontal Position

003

OSDV

037

063

OSD Vertical Position

004

MUTE

000

001

No Signal Mute Switch (1=enabled)

005

RFUL

015

015

RF Signal Change Counter after Unlocked (Disable when 0fh)

04/01

006

RFLK

015

015

RF Signal Change Counter after Locked (Disable when 0fh)

00/04

007

LANG

000

003

OSD language shipping condition

008

HTXT

000

001

Sync seperator sw

TV-Processor

00

009

CMSS

000

001

Sync sw

TV-Processor

01

010

DCXO

060

127

DCXO Value

011

DISC

128

255

target DISCO data for DCXO adjust by color dec

012

EXBL

000

015

Extended Blanking Timer to Eliminate White Noise

<4:3 50/60> <16:9 (50/60) (Wide)(Wide Zoom)(Normal Full)>

MMR/Micro 60h

25

XDATA/Micro 60h

08

MMR/Micro 60h 00/01

00

SFR/Micro 60h/DSP

53 128 08/04

013

TSYS

000

003

Memorize TV Sys in NVM at Test Reset [0:B/G, 1:I, 2:D/K, 3:M] (GA Model)

014

LNSW

001

001

Signal Booster Shipping/Test Reset condition (1:Auto, 0:Off)

015

LBL

001

001

Brightness Reduction At No Signal condition

016

HPRO

001

001

Hpara Offset for Picture Rotation

03

017

AVUL

015

015

Av signal change after Unlocked (Disable when 0Fh)

04

00 01

018

AVLK

015

015

Av signal change after locked ) (Disable when 0Fh)

00

023

DSTM

000

001

Disable stop mode in standby (0:stop mode, 1:disable stop mode)

00

RM-GA002

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

01/00


Category OPUS

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

SOFF

000

001

Stay off(0:follow last memory with AC on, 1:standby with AC on)

-/00

001

SPCH

001

127

Channel Number after Shipping Condition

-/07

002

SPCA

001

001

Cable Selection after Shipping Condition (1 = Cable On)

-/01

003

OUV

000

001

Offset Control on UV input Signals (only for US)

004

CFA2

000

001

Forced Comb Filter On (only for US)

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common

Initial Value (Detailed)

Others/YUV

none

Others

YUV

-/00

-/00

-/00

(For NTSC model only)

TVJ Category OPVP

– 24 – TVJ Category OPFM

Functionality

Init.

Range

Function

Table & Note

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

BPBS

000

001

Bypass of sound bandpass filter at stereo mode (BPBS)

Device Name

Common

TV-Processor

00

001

BWYC

000

001

Bandwidth at YC mode for 3.58 MHz color system (BWYC)

00

002

OSB

000

001

Width of internal burstkey pulse of chroma demodulator (OSB)

00

003

BKC

000

001

Burst Key Position

Initial Value (Detailed) Others

SECAM

NTSC

00

01

01

NTSC/SECAM/others (PAL)

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

FMCT

001

003

FM Radio Auto Scan Carrier Threshold

15

001

RPST

003

127

Waiting time for each frequency step during radio preset

10

002

MPTU

003

015

Upper Threshold for MPX pilot detection (FM RADIO)

003

DCOU

133

255

Upper Threshold for DC offset from FM demodulator

144/140

004

DCOL

117

255

Lower Threshold for DC offset from FM demodulator

118/114

005

OVMA

001

001

FM overmodulation adaption (FM RADIO)

006

FMBR

000

031

007

RTRE

000

008

RBAS

009 010

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

SSD

Common

12

SSD

00

OSD Brightness during FM Mode

MMR/Micro 60h

16

007

Treble Offset in FM Radio Mode

SSD

02

002

008

Bass Offset in FM Radio Mode

SSD

02

AGCT

045

063

AGC takeover in FM Radio Mode

TV-Processor

VIF 01 AGCT +15

FLBW

003

003

FM/AM demodulator filter bandwidth

SSD

01

RM-GA002

Functionality

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

TVJ


TVJ Category OPTB

Functionality

Init.

Range

No.

Name

Dec

Dec

000

IALL

000

001

Standard Write Switch (not memorized in NVM)

001

OPB1

000

255

Option 1 (System related)

refer page 26

002

OPB2

000

255

Option 2 (Video Signal related)

refer page 26

003

OPB3

000

255

Option 3 (Stereo Decoding related)

refer page 26

004

OPB4

000

255

Option 4 (Miscellaneous)

refer page 27

005

OPB5

000

255

Option 5 (Miscellaneous)

refer page 27

006

OPB6

000

255

Option 6 (OSD Language related)

refer page 28

Function

Table & Note

Device Name

Common x

– 25 – RM-GA002

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

ITEM INFORMATION No. OPB1 Item

Speed Search

KV-SW292M50 (India)

0

1

KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)

0

KV-SW292M61

Home Theatre

Wide Screen

M

B/G

I

D/K

DEC

0

0

1

1

1

1

79

1

0

0

1

1

1

1

79

0

1

0

0

1

1

1

1

79

KV-SW292M80

0

1

0

0

1

1

1

1

79

KV-SW292N60

1

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

192

SPEED SEARCH (Time of speed search)

Home Theatre Wide Screen TV System Selection

00 = disabled (original cycle speed) 01 = 4 time speed from the original 10 = 6 time speed from the original 11 = 8 time speed from the original 1 = Home Theatre mode available 1 = Wide Screen model 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled

(M,B/G, I, D/K)

No. OPB2 Party Mode

Item

FM Radio

Component

Composite (SCART)

SECAM

Color Decording

DEC

KV-SW292M50 (India)

0

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

52

KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)

0

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

52

KV-SW292M61

0

1

1

1

0

1

0

0

116

KV-SW292M80

0

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

52

KV-SW292N60

0

1

1

1

0

1

0

0

116

Party Mode FM Radio Component Composite

Party Mode Function FM Radio Function (Component [YCbCr] Terminals) (No. of Composite Terminals)

SECAM Color decoding

(SECAM Color System) (Color Crystal Selection)

0 = not available, 1 = available 0 = not available, 1 = available 0 = not available, 1 = available 00 = 1 composite terminal 01 = 2 composite terminals 10 = 3 composite terminals 11 = 4 composite terminals (BX1L FULL only) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 00 = PAL/NTSC (Multi) 01 = NTSC (3.58MHz) 10 = PAL/NTSC (4.43MHz) 11 = PAL/NTSC (Tri-Norma)

– 26 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

No. OPB3 Reserved

NICAM ST

NICAM BI

A2 ST

Thai Bilingual

US ST

Korean ST

MONO

DEC

KV-SW292M50 (India)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

00

KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

00

KV-SW292M61

0

1

1

1

0

0

0

0

112

KV-SW292M80

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

00

KV-SW292N60

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

4

Item

Reserved NICAM ST NICAM BI A2 ST/BI

Not used (NICAM Stereo) (NICAM Bilingual) (A2 [West German] Stereo/Bilingual) (A2 [Thai] Bilingual) or Force SAP if US ST is active (US Stereo) (Korean Stereo) (Monaural Model)

Thai Bilingual US ST Korean ST MONO

0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = Stereo (SSD) Model 1 = Monaural Model

No. OPB4 Item

Sound Special

1spk Models

VM

WSS-RF

Surround

Top

Text

DEC

KV-SW292M50 (India)

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

32

KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

32

KV-SW292M61

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

1

33

KV-SW292M80

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

32

KV-SW292N60

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

32

Sound Special 1 spk Models

Sound Special Feature 1 Speaker Models

VM WSS-RF Surround

(Velocity Modulation) WSS detection in RF mode (Surround Selection)

TOP TEXT

(Forced TOP) (Teletext Model)

– 27 –

0 = disabled 1 = enabled 0 = 2 or 3 Speaker Models, 1 = 1 speaker Models 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 00 = Off/Simulated/Surround 01 = Off/Simulated/SRS (3D) Surround 10 = Off/Simulated/WOW/TruSurround 11 = No Surround 0 = Auto Mode (TOP/FLOF), 1 = Forced TOP 0 = Non-Teletext Model, 1 = Teletext Model


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

No. OPB5 Signal Booster

MSYS ASD

COSMIC ASD

ASD

Tilt

Band Edge

IP

Wide

DEC

KV-SW292M50 (India)

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

1

139

KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

1

171

KV-SW292M61

1

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

155

KV-SW292M80

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

1

139

KV-SW292N60

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

1

11

Item

Signal Booster MSYS ASD

Signal Booster feature (ASD Improvement for M System channels) *Only applicable when ASD = 1 Automatic Standard Detection Using COSMIC (Non-Stereo) (Automatic Standard Detection) (Tilt Correction/PIC Rotation) (VHF-H band Limit Position) (Intelligent Picture & Intelligent Picture Plus) (Wide Mode/V-Compressed)

COSMIC ASD ASD Tilt Band Edge IP Plus Wide

0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = 427.25MHz, 1 = 429.25MHz 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled

No. OPB6 Item

Reserved

3D OSD

3D Comb

PiP

OSD Language Selection

DEC

KV-SW292M50 (India)

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

4

KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

2

KV-SW292M61

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

8

KV-SW292M80

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

4

KV-SW292N60

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

10

Reserved 3D OSD

Not used (BX1L Full version GA Multi Destination ONLY)

3D Comb

3D comb feature

0 = Comb Not available 1 = Comb available

PiP

PiP feature

0 = PiP Not Available 1 = PiP available

OSD Language Selection

0 = Normal with 3D Intelligent Picture OSD 1 = Disable 3D Intelligent picture OSD

US (GA NTSC)

1x1x = Complicated Chinese 1xxx = Simplified Chinese

GA

x1xx = Arabic/Russian xx1x = Thai xxx1 = Persian/Vietnamese

– 28 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

3.3

8. Copy “SCOL” 50(PAL) video data to “SCOL” 50 (SECAM) video. 9. Then copy “SCOL” 50(PAL) video data and “SCOL” 50(SECAM) video data to “SCOL” 50(PAL) and “SCOL” 50(SECAM) TV table. 10. For NTSC model input NTSC 75% Color Bar to TV and repeat step no. 4 to 6. 11. Select SADJ 004 “SCOL” with 1 and 4 button of the commander then adjust using 3 and 6 so that VB1=VB4 then write in the data as below:

PICTURE QUALITY ADJUSTMENT

3-3-1. P MAX / CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT 1. Set TV to Video mode. 2. Set Picture mode to “CUSTOM”. 3. Input PAL 100% Color Bar to TV set (OTHER model) and NTSC 75% Color Bar (NTSC model). 4. Set the following condition: Picture 100%, Color 0%, Brightness 50%. 5. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 4 (R output) of CN004. 6. Go to service mode and set PICT 003 “PWL” to 00h and WHBL 017 “BLBG” to 01h. 7. Select SADJ 000 “PMAX” with 1 and 4 button of the commander then adjust VR with spec with 3 and 6 button until reach the spec below:

Add 5 steps to SCOL (NTSC) – 25" Add 4 steps to SCOL (NTSC) – 29" Add 6 steps to SCOL (NTSC) – 34" VB1 VB2 VB3 VB4

VR

VB1 = VB4 (for NTSC) (Difference is within 70mV)

Black PAL VR

12. Copy “SCOL” 60(NTSC) video data to “SCOL” 60(NTSC) TV . 13. Finally copy “SCOL” 50(PAL) and “SCOL” 60(NTSC) data to “SCOL” 50(PAL) and 60(NTSC) in DVD mode. 14. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data. 15. Set PICT 006 “WTS” back to original data.

NTCS

34"

1.85 0.03Vpp

29"

1.57 0.03Vpp

25"

1.85 0.03Vpp

3-3-3 SUB HUE ADJUSTMENT

8. Then copy the adjusted PMAX data to TV mode. 9. Select Wide mode to “ON” in TV and Video mode and write “PMAX” data -6 steps (for models with V-Compression features only). 10. Press [MUTING] t - to write the data. 11. Set “PWL” and “BLBG” back to initial data. (“PWL” : 01h and “BLBG” : 00h). 12. Finally press [MUTING] t - to write the data.

3-3-2. SUB COLOR ADJUSTMENT 1. 2. 3. 4.

Set TV to Video mode. Set Picture mode to “CUSTOM”. Input PAL 100% Color Bar to TV. Set the following condition: Picture 100%, Color 50%, Brightness 50%, Hue 50% and Sharpness 50% 5. Set PICT 006 “WTS” to 00h. 6. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004 A Board. 7. Select SADJ 004 “SCOL” with 1 and 4 button of the commander then adjust with 3 and 6 so that VB2=VB3=VB4 (for PAL) then write in the data as below:

1. Set TV to Video mode. 2. Input NTSC 3.58 Color Bar to TV set. 3. Set the following condition: Picture 100%, Color 50%, Brightness 50%, Hue 50%, Sharpness 50%. 4. Connect oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004. 5. Set to service mode and select SADJ 001 “SHUE” (except SW252M60K and SW292M60K) and YC 013 "TINT" (SW252M60K and SW292M60K) with 1 and 4 button then adjust to VB1=VB2=VB3=VB4 using 3 and 6 button. 6. Press [MUTING] t - to write the data. 7. Select TV channel with NTSC 3.58 and perform step 3 to 6. 8. For single system model with NTSC 4.43, select TV channel with NTSC 4.43 and perform step 3 to 6. 9. Once adjustment is completed in Video mode, carry out adjustment in DVD mode. Input NTSC 3.58 Color Bar. 10. Connect oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004. 11. Set to service mode and adjust service item YC 013 “TINT” with 1 and 4 button until VB1=VB2=VB3=VB4. 12. Press [MUTING] t - to write the data.

VB1

Add 2 steps to “SCOL” (PAL) – 25" Add 3 steps to “SCOL” (PAL) – 29" Add 6 steps to “SCOL” (PAL) – 34"

VB3 VB4 VB2

80mV

VB1 VB2 VB3 VB4

VB2 = VB3 = VB4 (for PAL)

Illustration 1 The highest level of VB1, VB2, VB3 and VB4 should be aligned at the same line. The ideal difference between VB2 and VB3 is within + 80mV.

– 29 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

3-3-4 SUB BRIGHT ADJUSTMENT 1. Set TV to RF mode. 2. Input PAL monoscope to RF mode (OTHER model) and NTSC monoscope (NTSC model). 3. Set Brightness to 50% and Picture to “MINIMUM” in "CUSTOM" mode. 4. Select WHBL 010 “SBRT” with 1 and 4 button and adjust its data using 3 and 6 button so that the Cut Off level and slightly glimmer is as the specification below:TV size

Cut Off

Slightly Glimmer

25"

10 IRE

20 IRE + 2 steps

29"

10 IRE

20 IRE + 2 steps

34"

10 IRE

20 IRE + 2 steps

28"

10 IRE

20 IRE

32"

10 IRE

20 IRE

3-4-3. WIDE MODE 50Hz / 60Hz (V Compression Adjustment) 1. Input PAL Special Color Bar (SPCB) (OTHER model) or Monoscope NTSC (NTSC model) signal using a pattern generator. 2. Set Wide Mode to “ON”. 3. Copy NORMAL MODE 50Hz/60Hz adjusted data for the following items:GEOM: 011 VSIZ, 010 VSLP, 012 SCOR and 003 VLIN 4. Select Category items listed in Table 1 except GEOM: 003 VLIN, 010 VSLP, 011 VSIZ, and 012 SCOR and adjust the data to obtain the center illustration. 5. Press [MUTING] t - to save the data into the memory. 6. For Korea models, copy adjusted 60Hz to 50Hz. Add 6 steps to 50Hz “HPOS” and save the data. Category

5. Write into the memory by pressing [MUTING] t -. 6. Copy the adjusted data WHBL 010 “SBRT” to Video mode. 7. Once adjustment is completed in RF and Video mode, carry out adjustment in DVD mode. Repeat step 2 to 3. Select WHBL 010 “SBRT” and adjust its data as the specification below:TV size

Cut Off

Slightly Glimmer

25"

10 IRE

20 IRE + 2 steps

29"

10 IRE

20 IRE

34"

10 IRE

20 IRE + 2 steps

28"

10 IRE

20 IRE

32"

10 IRE

20 IRE

Function

GEOM 000 (HPOS)

H Position

GEOM 001 (HPAR)

H Parallelogram

GEOM 002 (HBOW)

H Bow

GEOM 003 (VLIN)

Linearity

GEOM 005 (HSIZ)

EW Width

Illustration

Note: Adjust HSIZ 16.6 + -(SPCB) _ 50Hz 14.8 + -(PAL Monoscope) _ 50Hz 15.3 + -(NTSC Monoscope) _ 60Hz

3-4. GEOMETRY ADJUSTMENT 3-4-1. H-TRAPEZOID ADJUSTMENT 1. Receive cross hatch/dot signal. 2. Adjust RV1800 on C Board to make H-Trapezoid distortion best/to obtain the center illustration shown in Table 1.

3-4-2. NORMAL MODE 50Hz / 60Hz 1. Input PAL Special Color Bar (SPCB) or PAL Monoscope (OTHER model) and Video mode or NTSC Monoscope (NTSC model) signal using a pattern generator. 2. Set Wide Mode to “OFF”. 3. Select Category items listed in Table 1. 4. Raise and Lower the data value using 3 and 6 button to obtain the center illustration. 5. Press [MUTING] t - to save the data into the memory. 6. For Korea models, copy adjusted 60Hz to 50Hz. Add 6 steps to 50Hz “HPOS” and 3 steps to 50Hz “HSIZ” and save the data.

GEOM 006 (EWPW)

EW Parabola/Width

GEOM 007 (UCOP)

EW Upper Corner Parabola

GEOM 008 (LCOP)

EW Lower Corner Parabola

GEOM 009 (EWTZ)

EW Trapezoid

GEOM 011 (VSIZ)

V-Amplitude Note: Adjust VSIZ 12.6 + -(SPCB) _ 50Hz 11.3 + -(PAL Monoscope) _ 50Hz 11.7 + -(NTSC Monoscope) _ 60Hz

GEOM 012 (SCOR)

S-Correction

GEOM 013 (VPOS)

V-Shift

Table 1

– 30 –


FSS TUNER

CISPR/ PFC

AC in ~ 110 ~ 220V

MAIN Power Supply

Relay

Stdby Power

SIF SAW

LOW B

4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM

VIF SAW

+B

AUDIO VCC

Stdy 3.3

RGB Amp

* FM Radio Function (STEREO model)

RGB Mon out

VIF & SIF

Mon out

RGB

POWER

PWM Y U

DVD in

DVD in

LCC Amp

YUV Processor

I/O Port

SECTION 4 DIAGRAMS

– 31 –

V L R

Color Decoder

Rot Amp

VM Jungle

AV1 AV3 in

Micro Text CC & V-chip

Rear AV in

V+, VEW, Hd

AV2 in

V Def H Def DF DQP

Front AV in

I/O Port

24.576MHz

Audio Amp

Stereo, DSP

L,R

D A C ATT

SIRCS

KEY buttons

LED

L,R

L

6W

R

6W

H P

NVM

RM-GA002

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

PLL

A D C


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

4-2. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

C Board H4 Board F2 Board (except KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)) H7 Board A Board

VM Board J3 Board

F1 Board

4-3. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INFORMATION Note: • All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. • All electrolytic capacitors are rated at 50V unless otherwise noted. • All resistors are in ohms. kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ • Indication of resistance which does not have rating electrical power is as follows. Pitch: 5 mm Rating electrical power 1/4W (CHIP: 1/10W) : nonflammable resistor.

• • • • • •

• • • • • • • • •

: fusible resistor. : internal component. : panel designation or adjustment for repair. All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B unless otherwise noted. Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input. no mark : Common ( ) : PAL [ ] : NTSC 3.58 Readings are taken with a 10MΩ digital multimeter. Voltage are dc with respect to ground unless otherwise noted. Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances. All voltage are in Volt. ✽ : Cannot be measured. Circled numbers are waveform references. : B +bus. : B –bus. k : signal path. ¢

Reference information RESISTOR : RN : RC : FPRD : FUSE : RS : RB : RW :✽ COIL : LF-8L CAPACITOR : TA : PS : PP : PT : MPS : MPP : ALB : ALT : ALR

Note:

METAL FILM SOLID NONFLAMMABLE CARBON NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE NONFLAMMABLE METAL OXIDE NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT NONFLAMMABLE WIREWOUND ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR MICRO INDUCTOR TANTALUM STYROL POLYPROPYLENE MYLAR METALIZED POLYESTER METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE BIPOLAR HIGH TEMPERATURE HIGH RIPPLE

The component identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

Note: "A" board schematic diagram is divided into 3 blocks. Each block is named by its function and block "number". eg: Processor/Audio/Tuner/Jack (Block 001). Joint connection between boards can be identified using the block number followed by the grid's guide. eg:-<+B 002:16F Meaning: Block 001 joint "+B" is connected to Block 002 joint "+B" located at grid 16F.

Note: The reference number which starts with Wxxx (eg: W003) indicates a wire to wire connection. Note: Components marked as XX are not fitted on this model.

– 32 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

RM-GA002

RM-GA002

4-3-1. C Board Schematic Diagram

4

E

R1805 1k RN-CP

N/S COIL- 1 NC 2 N/S COIL+ 3

11V

IC1801 AN15530A ROTATION AMP 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

JW1821 XX

3 4 5 FV

9

C1800 47 25V

JW1825 XX

R1822 IC1800 XX XX R1825 NS DRIVE XX C1804 10

R1821 XX

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

R1814 2.2k RN-CP

R1802 1.2 FPRD

JW1804 XX

R1823 XX R1809 10k RN-CP

Q1801 R1816 MSD601-RT1 10k MUTE SW RN-CP

R1828 10k RN-CP

R1801 XX

R1803 1.2 FPRD

R1810 10k R1824 RN-CP XX JW1830 XX

5V ROTATION CIRCUIT

GND_3

IC3801 XX LCC AMP C3801 XX

CN3800 XX

G

H

LC(B) LC(E) GND 7V 11V

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

7V 1 2 3 4 5

R3801 XX JW3880 XX

TO A (Block 002) CN512

7V

TO L.C. COIL

11V

I

1

R3816 XX

D3800 XX PROTECT R3802 XX R3815 XX D3801 XX PROTECT R3800 XX

JW3821 XX

IC3800 XX LCC AMP

5V

7V

JW3822 C3800 XX XX R3805 XX R3819 XX JW3815 XX 7V JW3801 XX R3806 XX Q3800 XX PWM AMP

C3802 XX

1

2

3

4

5

D783 1SS133T-77 PROTECT

6

7

8

9

5 6

IC751 TDA6108AJF/N1 RGB AMPLIFIER D781 XX PROTECT

1

1

3

2

2 R766 XX

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

D784 1SS133T-77 C790 PROTECT 68P R754 R767 CHIP GND 1 680 XX C789 R768 B OUT 2 R753 68P XX 680 G OUT 3 CHIP C788 R OUT 4 68P R752 GND 5 CHIP 680 1K 6 L750 10uH R796 XX 9V 7 R786 CN701 XX R784 7P C759 XX C756 WHT XX 22 B TO A (Block 001) R785 CN004 D786 R797 XX XX XX D785 RGB LIMITER Q701 C785 XX D787 XX XX XX RGB LIMITER BUFFER RGB LIMITER

C

5 C791 XX

R777 XX

R764 100 1/2W R765 100 1/2W C753 C751 0.1 10 250V 250V PT

R775 XX

R713 XX R778 XX

D782 RD5.6ESB2 PROTECT

RGB/AMP/Rotation/Landing Correction

10

JW3824 XX

R3811 R3812 XX XX R3810 XX

JW3820 XX

7V

R3813

R3814 XX

R3804 XX

R3817 XX GND_3

Q3802 XX MUTE SW

LANDING CORRECTION CIRCUIT

– 33 –

– 34 –

1000V CN706 1P

1

GND

1

GND

1 3 4

200V GND H1

CN702 1P 1

D756 HSS82-TJ PROTECT L751 150uH R794 1 JW1751 XX

CN707 1P

TO A (Block 002) CN505

GND

D755 HSS82-TJ PROTECT

R763 100 1/2W

4

R3818 XX

J

15

CN703 3P WHT

D754 HSS82-TJ PROTECT

7V

R3809 XX

L780 5MM

6

R3807 XX R3808 XX

C786 4700p 2kV E

L752 C787 47uH 4700p SG700 R781 2kV 151942111 1.5 E R787 3W L753 JW752 XX RS 47uH XX SG701 JW753 L754 XX 151942111 47uH JW754 XX R757 1k R758 R756 1/2W 1k 1k 1/2W 1/2W

RV750 110M 0.1W

D780 XX PROTECT

C782 XX

C752 4700p 2kV R774 E 150 C754 4.7 D750 3W 250V RS GP08D PROTECT

4 11 10

1000V

R773 560k 1/2W

3

9 8 7

R795 100 1/2W

JW1833 XX

R1829 XX R1827 10k RN-CP

9

R783 XX

TO ROTATION COIL

F

11 10

C784 1000p B

Q1800 2SA1175-HFE BUFFER

GND

13

GND

R1815 220k RN-CP

JW1826 XX

C1803 100 25V

13 J752 XX

R760 100k 1/2W

1

7 8

Q1804 KTC3199GR-TP AMPLIFIER

R1812 XX

1

R1813 2.2k RN-CP

10

R1811 XX

1

6

R1800 1k

RV1800 47k

R1830 330 1/10W RN-CP R1808 4.7k RN-CP

Q1802 MSD601-RT1 PWM AMP

CN1802 3P WHT

14

1

J751 145154411

B OUT

D

13

FV

! GND

G OUT

C1809 1000 25V

JW1832 XX

D1803 1SS119-25 PROTECT R1826 XX D1804 XX PROTECT

12

R OUT

TO A (Block 002) CN507

11

VDD

JW1880 XX

10

IK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

9

GND

VD+ GND 5V 15V 11V ROT_CTRL ROT_SW

JW1881 XX

8

R IN

C

CN1801 7P RED

7

5V

JW1831 XX

B

6

CN704 1P TO FBT

D1808 GP08D RECTIFIER

R1806 4.7k RN-CP

5

G IN

A

3

B IN

2

RCV

1

CN705 1P 1

R780 470k 1/2W

C781 4.7 250V

JW1713 5MM R776 XX C783 1000p B

RGB AMPLIFIER B-BX1L(05)12995-...-C..-SW292

GND


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

RM-GA002

RM-GA002

4-3-2. A Board — (Block 001) 4

3

6

8

7

10

9

11

12

D212 Q203 MMDL914T1 MSD601-RT1

D060 UDZ-TE17-7.5B C326 GEOMETRIC XX CORRECTION

C217 1000 R235 25V 47

R229 33k C215 2200

R210 15k C212 XX D213 MMDL914T1 SWITCH

R236 10k RN-CP

C213 0.1 R2644 4.7 FPRD

C218 22 D211 XX

R247 XX

R218 0

D200 DA204K

D201 MMDL914T1 SWITCH

C100 1000p B R116 100 RN-CP

C216 22 R217 330

D108 RD5.6SB-T1 PROTECT TP101

C101 10

CN208 XX

30V

C138 1000p B L106 100uH C120 470 16V C137 XX C143 1000p B FB100 0uH

D110 MMDL914T1 D111 MMDL914T1 R155 22k RN-CP C142 XX

3 2

CN202 6P TO H7 BOARD CN3903

JR1980 0 CHIP

JW1093 XX

C231 0.047

1

CN204 XX TO B BOARD CN206

5V

A

4 3 2 1

5 6 7 8

C_IN Y/V1_IN

ROUT LOUT

C113 4700p B

33V

R103 R119 33 33 RN-CP RN-CP

L102 *

JR1181 0 CHIP C102 R115 100p 100 CH RN-CP

JW1088 XX

TU102 *

D107 XX R154 1k RN-CP

C111 C141 0.01 * 25V JR1186 * B CHIP CT131 D109 * RD5.6SB-T1 PROTECT C104 100p C107 CH 470 L100 16V 100uH Q100 MSD601-RT1 BUFFER

R118 100 RN-CP C106 10 R100 1k RN-CP C133 * 33V

D105 *

C108 470 16V

CT139 *

L104 47uH

C136 100 16V

C109 4700p B

R148 *

(Block 001)

Q111 * SWITCH

9V R150 *

D106 * R149 *

R131 *

R146 * 1/10W RN-CP

R931 68

R921 220k

C915 470p

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

R915 220k

D907 R905 39k XX

C906 1 10V :CHIP

R916 220k

C902 0.22

COMB_C GND COMB_Y GND L IN GND R IN TO B BOARD CN1424

E

CN906 5P TO H7 BOARD CN3908

14 15 13

R OUT

12

L OUT

11

MON OUT

F

R2

7

L2

6

V2

4 5 3

R1

G

C912 470p 2

L1

C913 470p 1

R917 68

V1

SWF101 1 * 2 D102 XX

5

TUNER 3 4 CN100 1P

5

H

TO F1 BOARD CN4603

JR1100 R126 * XX

Q104 * SWITCH

TO B BOARD CN1418 D TO J3 BOARD CN2410

1 R IN 2 GND 3 L IN 4 GND 5 CV IN

8

R957 68 C907 1 10V :CHIP

D100 * BUFFER

CN010 5P WHT

CN905 XX

C910 470p

C914 470p

D906 R909 XX 39k

R111 R112 R114 JR1102 * * * XX

L101 * R108 C112 * C140 * RN-CP * R110 C115 C116 * * B Q102 4700p R113 2SC3779C,D-AA * AMPLIFIER R107 RN-CP L103 * RN-CP * R109 C117 * * CHIP CH

DVDY-IN GND DVDU-IN GND DVDV-IN

R928 68

C911 470p

R920 220k

SWF100 * 1 3 2 4

C139 0.01 25V B

R106 4.7k RN-CP

5V

JW1089 XX JW1090 XX JW1091 XX JW1092 XX

7V

6 5 4 3 2 1

– 35 –

C221 XX 25V

R234 47 C214 1000 25V

3 2

D202 MMDL914T1 SWITCH

R248 XX R219 330

C232 0.047

MON-MUTE

5V

TU101 *

R327 XX

R220 0 CHIP

C961 0.22

D908 XX

R996 XX

C325 XX

R924 470k

C908 1 10V :CHIP

L1_IN

Q009 XX ABL BUFFER

1 2 3 4 5

C

9

D922 XX

R922 100

DVD-RIN DVD-LIN GND

10

R908 39k

D903 XX

R919 100 D062 RD5.6SB-T1 SLICER

R913 470k

B

C135 0.01 25V B

JR1135 XX

L105 XX

1

JR1109 XX R128 * CHIP

R127 XX RN-CP

FB105 *

I

Q103 * SWITCH

C131 *

I

CF101 XX O BP F G

C132 * R153 * J

JR1101 *

SIFIN2 SIFIN1

12

R230 10k

MON-OUT

R925 100

3 2 1

J901 9P

2SIF VIFIN1 VIFIN2

OUTR/NC

STBY

OUTL

MUTE

VCC

11

10

CVBS0

L2_IN

M-SYS-IF

5V

R929 68 C928 1 16V F

R971 XX CHIP

CN907 3P TO J3 BOARD CN2410

C957 470p

C954 XX

R914 470k

C909 D902 R907 1 39k 10V XX :CHIP

V2_IN R972 100 R1_IN

IFVO

9

SVIN

ROUT LOUT R1_IN

9V 001:10B;001:3A; 002:16D;002:1I

D210 XX

C230 XX

8

R232 XX RN-CP

SUIN

SYIN

R301 C077 2.2M 0 RN-CP CHIP R304 680k RN-CP

E0

IC003 BR24L16F-WE2 NVM C959 470p R954 220k

D900 XX

R2_IN R923 100

L1_IN FSC

R061 680 RN-CP

C057 0.01 25V B

9V

AS SCL SDA

SYIN SUIN SVIN

55 56 57 58 59 60 61 HOUT 62 AFC 63 VM 64

96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65

IFVO

AGCOUT

R212 0 CHIP

7

PW_GND

IN C/NC

6

1

K

D066 MMDL914T1

AGC-MUTE

R240 2.2k RN-CP

R241 2.2k RN-CP R233 XX

5

C210 100

C211 10 D209 XX

R242 22k RN-CP

R088 * RN-CP

C305 100 C069 25V 0.1 16V C070 B 0.1 16V C061 B 4700p C316 B 0.47 10V B

E1

VCC

R951 XX C921 0.22 R946 16V R942 39k B 68 RN-CP C919 C916 1 470p 10V R941 220k B R945 C918 39k RN-CP 1 10V R940 C917 220k 470p B

D905 R901 XX 100 MON-MUTE Q902 MUN2216T1 C903 470 16V

5V L003 10uH

C073 2.2

E2

C901 2.2 R910 16V 470

ROUT

L004 47uH

ABL 002:5L

C209 0.47

4

002:5L EWD-DEFL VD--DEFL 002:1K VD+-DEFL 002:1J

C238 2.2 16V F

C072 0.01 25V B

R903 100

D206 XX

VGUARD-DEFL 002:5L

C204 0.1

C064 2.2

C900 2.2 16V D901 CHIP R906 470 XX

LOUT

SDA SCL

7V 002:16C

J

3

D204 MMDL914T1 SWITCH

R221 1k RN-CP

SPL GND GND

R207 6.8k

C303 100 16V

D205 C220 MMDL914T1 10 C219 220 16V

PH_L SP L GND GND SP R PH_R

R205 5.6k

R202 5.6k C206 6800p 25V :CHIP

2

R211 15k

Q202 MSB709-RT1 AC MUTE

GND AUDIO VCC AUDIO VCC

R204 3.3k

1

D203 MMDL914T1 SWITCH

002:16C AUDIO_VCC AUDIO_GND 002:13A

C203 0.047 16V R203 :CHIP 8.2k

C237 XX

IN L

LSR

C201 R201 0.1 3.3k 16V :CHIP C200 C236 0.1 R200 XX C205 C207 16V C235 8.2k 0.47 0.1 :CHIP 470p

C208 6800p 25V :CHIP

S_GND

R208 6.8k

RF

TO B BOARD CN205

C234 470p

R238 100

IN R/NC

CN203 XX

C599 XX

C318 XX

SCL WC

R953 C958 R952 220k 1 39k 10V CHIP C930 0.22 R930 16V 68 B C929 1 16V F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CN015 XX TO B BOARD CN1425 SDA SCL GND RESET AFT GND FSC

R386 XX RN-CP

SDA GND

Q901 MUN2216T1

IC200 AN17808A

9V C202 0.047 16V R237 :CHIP 100

OUTC/NC

I

1 2 3 4

LSL

R5030 XX

L3_IN V2_IN R2_IN L2_IN C_IN Y/V1_IN DVD-R DVD-L MON-OUT

1M RN-CP

D064 RD5.6SB-T1 PROTECT R315 4.7k RN-CP

C319 XX

IF

C033 1000P B

1.8V

AUDIO

LSL OUT GND LSR OUT MUTE

YOUT YSYNC YIN UIN VIN VDDCOMB VSSCOMB

R314 16V 4.7k B R316 RN-CP 6.8k C324 RN-CP R306 100 1.2k 16V RN-CP

R3_IN

30V

L008 10uH

C085 0.1 16V B

C094 XX

R046 100 RN-CP C049 C050 0.022 10 D065 25V B C081 RD5.6SB-T1 1000p PROTECT C044 B R355 2.2 C080 C042 10V 22k 1000p 0.22 B RN-CP B

16V

L032 10uH

W001 W002 W003

LSR LSL COMB_C COMB_Y/V3 R3_IN

33V 002:16E

002:16C STBY_SW 002:16F ROT_SW ROT_CTRL 002:16G 1.8V_MAIN 002:16D

R051 39k RN-CP

C055

L3_IN

5V

L010 10uH

C089 1000p B R048 * 100 RN-CP

R948 D917 100 XX RN-CP PROTECT R950 D916 100 XX RN-CP R949 D915 100 XX RN-CP

5V

AGC

L033 10uH

9V

C048 0.22 C052 16V 1000p B B R045 100 C046 RN-CP 6800p 25V

COMB_Y/V3

CVBS0

AS SCL SDA

3.3V

C304 100 25VR044 X001 12k 181331121 RN-CP R011 C300 100 RN-CP 0.22 16V C032 C034 B XX XX R305 C041 L036 2200p 0 L037 B 10uH C040 CHIP C031 10uH 2700p B 470

C029 22

9V

AGC

R300 C022 * 0.22 C019 16V 0.22 B 16V C024 B 22 C092 L040 470 R398 330uH 16V XX

DVDU DVDV

2SIF

C311 0.1 16V B

D913 RD5.6SB-T1 PROTECT D912 XX PROTECT D911 W900 XX PROTECT D919 R947 XX XX RN-CP

5V

R060 R388 100 68k RN-CP RN-CP C063 C065 R311 0.1 3.3 47k 16V RN-CP B R310 R312 D061 560 120k MMDL914T1 RN-CP RN-CP R383 ABL * C079 R309 XX 1M C058 R313 R389 C329 RN-CP R326 1000p 120k 100 68p R390 XX B RN-CP 1/10W CH 1M RN-CP C084 XX R303

AGCOUT

W059

99 SIFIN2

M-SYS-IF

TP02

97 EHTO

C327 0.22 W060 16V B

OCP-PROTECT 002:16C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

M-SYS-IF

1.8V

8

98 AGCOUT

Q013 XX (RESET)

9V

9 10

100 SIFIN1

3.3V

D068 RD5.6SB-T1

101 GNDIF

R365 XX

R362 XX

DVD-R

6

MON_OUT VP2 AGC2SIF VCC8V INTC0_IF IFVO/IF_MON_OUT SIFAGC/SCART PLLIF GND MONO_OUTL DECSDEM OUTR OUTL D1 RIN D1 LIN AVL/2SIF

102 IREF

JW1611 XX

Q017 MSD601-RT1 RESET

104 VIFIN2 103 VSC

R361 5.6k RN-CP

C095 XX C307 C002 XX 47 3.3V 35V CH D921 C960 1 XX R955 10V PROTECT 39k CHIP D920 XX PROTECT

IC001 *

R384 XX RN-CP

R095 0 C001 100p CHIP CH

R002 100 RN-CP

COMB_C

7

105 VIFIN1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C321 XX 1.8V

D073 XX R024 100 RN-CP C975 1000p C320 XX C013 C014 XX L012 0.22 10uH JR1081 0 CHIP 16V R387 B R992 0 CHIP 100 D070 RN-CP R026 XX C083 100 RN-CP XX CH R025 100 RN-CP C018 L013 0.22 10uH AGC-MUTE 16V B D069 XX

R900 100

C976 XX

DVDY

R058 R156 0 XX CHIP R056 R397 1k RN-CP 100k RN-CP TP04

C054 0.1 C053 16V 0.022 B 25V B

CVBS0 SCARTHPR 5 SCARTHPL LSR 4 LSL C1 CVBS1/Y1 INR1 INL1

106 VD+

C322 R015 47 1.5k RN-CP R360 35V 18k RN-CP Q016 MSD601-RT1 C310 RESET XX 16V B

R382 4.7k RN-CP

R023 XX

C091 100p CH

R363 3.3k RN-CP

R379 100 RN-CP

107 VD-

D072 MMDL914T1 PROTECT

R380 100 RN-CP

C011 0.22 16V B

R904 1k

R393 R902 XX 1k Q900 MSB709-RT1

C003 100p CH

R004 100 RN-CP

R317 2.2k RN-CP

L005 10uH

CVBS2/Y2 INR2 INL2

109 DECBG

3.3V

C309 10

5V

D005 XX PROTECT

R976 XX R912 100

DVD-L

R356 XX

SIFIN1 SIFIN2

H

SIRCS GND KEY 9V MUTE CN017 XX

L009 10uH

C090 100p CH

108 EWD

G

KEY 9V CN016 XX TO H7 BOARD CN3911 3.3V GND LED G LED R

R340 10k RN-CP

Q018 UN2211

L038 10uH

C328 XX

C302 10

C005 0.1 25V :CHIP

C956 100 16V

C306 0.1 16V B

Q012 XX (FSC BUFFER)

3.3V

C315 XX

D007 XX PROTECT

CVBS3 INR3 INL3 C2

110 SECPLL

SIRCS GND

3.3V

R029 C020 100 0.1 R030 RN-CP 16V 100 B RN-CP

111 GND1

3.3V GND LED G LED R

R014 100 RN-CP C308 0.1 16V B

D006 MMDL914T1

1.8V

5V

D356 MMDL914T1

3

112 PH1LF

CN014 7P TO H7 BOARD CN3905 3.3V 1 GND 2 LED G 3 LED R 4 SIRCS 5 GND 6 KEY 7

R096 220 RN-CP

2

1

113 PH2LF

F

DGC-RELAY 002:1D

C021 100p CH R337 470 R012 2.2k C012 RN-CP RN-CP 0.22 R339 16V 100 RN-CP B R341 100 RN-CP R381 R392 4.7k 100 RN-CP RN-CP

C036 100 25V

R975 100 RN-CP R994 XX C323 0.1 16V B

114 VP1

L011 10uH R399 4.7k 1/10W RN-CP

HD SW SDA1 VDDC2 VSSC2 B INT D1_JP/MONSW_MONO MOMUTE-AUDIO DGC RELAY AUDIO MUTE Wide Zoom SCL0 SDA0 VDDP(3.3V) RESET ROT CTRL ROT SW STBY_SW AFT D1_JP/MODE1_EU/ATT VDDC(1.8V) DECV1V8 KEY AGC DETECT VSSC1/P RED LED GREEN LED VDDC3(1.8V) VSSC3 AGC-MUTE SECAM L-L

115 DECDIG

B_DAT B_INT

SIRCSC

116 VGUARD

9V

R006 100 R020 XX

117 VSSA1

R007 56k C010 470p

R097 220 RN-CP

Q015 UN2211 PROTECT R323 100 C004 470p

118 XTALOUT

B_CLK

R010 10k RN-CP

R001 4.7k RN-CP

R003 4.7k RN-CP

R099 220 RN-CP

C028 0.1 16V B

119 XTALIN

D

D002 MMDL914T1 3.3V POWER SUPPLY

R322 0 CHIP

C056 100 25V

C037 R364 2.2 470 16V RN-CP F

C301 470p CH

120 VREF_POS_HPR

R338 4.7k RN-CP

3.3V

C023 C096 0.22 XX 16V C097 B W004 XX XX TP03

R395 4.7k RN-CP

R336 10k RN-CP

C038 0.1 16V B

L035 10uH

122 VREF_POS_LSR+HPL

1.8V

VDDADC(1.8) 33

1.8V

L031 10uH

128 VSSP2

1.8V_AUDIO 002:16D

L006 10uH C030 C026 0.22 16V 47 B 35V

123 VREF_NEG_LSL+LSR

3.3V

D023 XX PROTECT

R009 XX

R008 XX

R993 XX

L007 10uH

C098 D024 0.22 XX 16V PROTECT B

C025 0.22 16V B

Q002 MSB709-RT1 C088 10p CH

VSSADC 34 VDDA2 35 VDDA(1.8) 36 GNDA 37 VREF AD 38 VREFAD_PO 39 VREFAD_NE 40 R038 VDDA(3.3V) 41 100 RN-CP B OUT 42 R039 100 RN-CP G OUT 43 R041 100 RN-CP R OUT 44 R042 2.2k RN-CP IK 45 ABL 46 VP3 47 R974 GND3 48 100 RN-CP DVDU B-Y/BIN 49 DVDY Y/GIN 50 R973 100 RN-CP DVDV R-Y/RIN 51 SCARTFBL 52 VOUT 53 UOUT 54

5V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

BUS CONNECTOR

D025 XX PROTECT

127 VSSC4

D003 MMDL914T1 5V POWER SUPPLY

R089 330 RN-CP

R995 XX R396 XX

C009 0.1 25V

C008 0.1 25V

5V

Q300 XX

R098 XX

C051 XX

C071 XX C007 0.1 25V

R005 1k RN-CP

D059 MMDL914T1 B MUTE

C591 0 :CHIP

R5034 470k RN-CP

C594 XX

CN904 XX

E

R5011 3.9k RN-CP

121 VREF_NEG_HPL+HPR

C589 XX

C596 XX R5014 2.2M RN-CP C590 4700p B

124 VREF_POS_LSL

D067 XX

B_INT

R5009 470k RN-CP

C015 10

SDA SCL AFT RESET

C

5V

B_CLK B_DAT

5 4 3 2 1

B CLK B DAT B INT GND AGC

5V

R5013 2.2M RN-CP

125 VDDA3(3.3V)

9V

BUS CONNECTOR

C592 1000P :CHIP

C068 XX

5V

VIFIN1 VIFIN2

R5010 10k RN-CP R5012 15k RN-CP Q515 MSD601-RT1 RGB MUTE R5033 100 RN-CP

C962 2.2 16V F

L902 47uH

9V 5V D058 MMDL914T1 G MUTE

126 VDDC4(1.8)

R5008 100k RN-CP

Q001 UN2211 (RGB MUTE)

3.3V

1

JACK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

9V

D057 MMDL914T1 R MUTE

3.3V

3.3V 001:4A;002:16B

TV OUT GND TVR TVL GND Y IN C IN MON MUTE

FBP 002:1I

9V GND NC +B

9V

9V

3 2

A

MON-MUTE SDA SCL RESET AFT FSC

C006 100 16V

CN903 * 4

16

C922 10

9V

B CLK B DAT B INT GND

15

CN011 XX TO B BOARD CN1419

IF

C093 100 16V

CN009 XX TO B BOARD CN880

1 2 3 4

TO VM BOARD CN5901

1 VM 2 GND

CN005 XX

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

PROCESSOR

B

14

13

SY-IN GND SU-IN GND SV-IN SEL_IN HP_OUT VP_OUT ROT_SW

CN004 7P WHT TO C BOARD CN701

002:16F +B HOUT-DEFL 002:1G AFC-DEFL 002:1G

To VM BOARD CN5901

GND B OUT G OUT R OUT GND IK 9V

9V 001:10B;001:13K: 002:16D:002:1I

A

5

CN003 XX

5V 001:10B;002:16D: 002:9J

2

3.3V 001:15A;002:16B

1

B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 001)-SW292

K

Processor/Audio/Tuner/Jack

– 36 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

RM-GA002

RM-GA002

4-3-3. A Board — (Block 002) 10

9

12

11

13

14

! T603 *

*

R6015 *

! TH600 180580811

~ D648 * C683 470

C685 *

R6017 XX

D607 D4SB60L RECTIFER

C614 4700p 500V E

D658 D657 UDZS-TE17-12B MMDL914T1 CLAMP SWITCH

C629 0.01 16V B

D668 MMDL914T1

JR1684 0 CHIP

R600 XX

D651 XX D652 R606 XX XX

R603 XX R604 XX

R6011 XX

R605 XX

9V

R6010 XX C695 XX

R6004 * PH602 Q616 XX XX REGULATOR

D654 XX

C633 1000p CH

R653 100 RN-CP

D660 *

C691 *

8

OCP Vc2

7

R672 D622 10k R6030 MTZJ-T-77-15 RN-CP XX C648 R673 10 0.1 FPRD

C692 0.01 B

R662 330 RN-CP

E TO F2 BOARD CN6602

C650 680p 1kV

C651 680p 1kV

C653 0.047 800V PP C652 220 35VD633 10ERB20-TB5 RECTIFIER

12

S R6008 * FPRD D631 MM3Z15VT1 R676 Q608 0.1 CLAMP 2SK3561 2W D626 SWITCH RB MTZJ-T-77-15 CLAMP R6007 R678 * 2.2k R677 1.2k CHIP

C647 10

8

15

9

17

51

6

7

18 14

9V

PH601 ON3171-R PHOTO COUPLER

R660 0 CHIP

FL606 0.45uH

! PS603 5A 90V

FL605 0.45uH

C659 680p 1kV C661 470p 1kV R

C657 680p 1kv

Vcc

N.C.

OUT

N.C.

3.3V 001:4A;001:15A

W604

C696 47 35V

R6021 XX

11V D071 MMDL914T1 PROTECTION

C660 680p 1kV

1

W605 C604 XX

CN619 XX TO B BOARD CN1417

1 2 3

11V 7V GND

CN620 XX TO B BOARD CN1428

001:1H STBY_SW OCP-PROTECT 001:8K 7V 001:6K AUDIO_VCC 001:4K

R6024 * RN-CP

C119 0.01 B

I

1

2

3

4

D103 MTZJ-33B

5V 001:3A;001:10B;002:9J

5V

001:1D 1.8V_AUDIO 1.8V_MAIN 001:1H

IC604 NJM78M09FA 9V REGULATOR

C699 22

C605 XX

R6012 * 33V

L600 33uH

C686 220 16V

C682 100 16V

G

C606 0.1 25V F

C

30V

L039 2.2uH

4

W603

7V

W602

3

D663 MMDL914T1 CLAMP D666 IC606 MMDL914T1 PQ018EF01SSH CLAMP 1.8V REGULATOR

9V

C118 22

2

R6023 * RN-CP

W606 XX

R121 22k 3W RS

30V GND 11V 7V GND

7V

D664 1SS133T-77

B

1 2 3 4 5

D

9V 001:13K;001:3A; 002:1I;001:10B

O

C607 XX

C678 100 16V

D662 MA2ZD14001S0 CLAMP

C610 0.47 C680 100 16V R6027 * RN-CP

R6025 * RN-CP

E C690 * R6026 * RN-CP

33V 001:12K

DEFLECTION C512 XX

F

HOUT-DEFL 001:9A

R534 0 CHIP R523 XX

C564 XX

JW1523 5.0MM C510 XX

R599 27k RN-CP

R543 5.6k 1W RS

Q506 2SK3462 H-DRIVE R531 15 XX

1

R535 100 RN-CP

D504 EL1Z PIN OUT

FB501 XX

R525 470k RN

Q505 IRF614

R533 1k

15V

135V

OCP CIRCUIT R5020 1 3W D548 RS 1SS133T-77 SWITCH C597 100 16V

S502 157270711

R508 27 R509 R584 3W L513 R515 * R519 RS 1.5Mh 100 XX 220 3W 3W JW1515 D528 XX FR104-A5 SNUBBER JW1583 R511 5.0MM 33 R5029 3W JW1584 5 100 JW1511 3W L511 D527 7.5 100uH FR104-A5 R510 RECTIFIER 47 3W RS R583 XX

R5025 4.7k RN-CP R5026 240k RN

R5021 1.5k RN-CP R5022 270k RN Q516 2SA1091-O SWITCH R5023 330k

R5024 100k RN-CP

D547 1SS133T-77 SWITCH

C580 XX

18 19

C530 R573 0.022 27k PT RN-CP

R590 C566 220k XX RN

4 T508 XX PMT W504

C565 22 200V C558 33 160V :CHIP W502

D523 EL1Z

HV

1

1

HV

FOCUS

2

13

4

4

2

2

R5036 15k RN

6

R549 15k RN

SCREEN 6

6

5

12

3

5 3

FV

14 3

FV

11V 11

SV

SV

13

13

11

11

10

10

9

Vcc

F.B.-PLS

Vee

OUT-PUT

Vcc(OUT)

REF-VOLT

2

3

4

5

6

7

L501 XX

C531 2.2 C533 470 25V

JW1501 5.0MM

C537 220 C532 470 25V

K R520 6.8k RN-CP C527 0.01 B

C536 XX

R569 XX

C578 1000p B C546 XX

13

C550 0.1 100V MPS R578 R586 1 XX 2W RS TH500 XX THERMISTOR

5V

R577 220 2W RS

L503 XX

D521 EL1Z RECTIFIER

8 9

9

8

8

7

7

7

L581 D522 XX D2L20U RECTIFIER

T506 XX

R593 0.47 1/2W FPRD

T507

C556 470 25V

XX

C540 0.33 C557 JW1504 MPS C587 470 R568 5.0MM 0.1 25V 1.5 100V Q512 FPRD PT R5000 C588 2SC1623-L5L6 1000P BUFFER 22k CHIP RN-CP D513 FR104-A5 R5002 R5051 C595 RECTIFIER 10k XX XX RN-CP D536 R5001 47k RD5.6ESB2 D537 R571 CLAMP MMDL914T1 R5003 RN-CP 4.7k PROTECTOR 4.7k RN-CP RN-CP

L

– 37 –

R555 4.7k 1W RS

R554 15k RN

1 3 4

DY1 6P TO DY 200V GND H1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

HCT HCT N.C SMART SMART N.C H_DYH_DY-

1 2

-15V -15V

R5031 12k RN 1

L514 D529 2.2mH 1SS133T-77 PROTECT C5073 0.022 200V C573 XX JW1035 R556 7.5MM 3.3k RN-CP R5035 XX

1 1 R539 XX

R5015 D530 100k RN-CP MTZJ-T-77-9.1A PROTECT

135V

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

!

H.DYV.DY

F

G

V.DY

CN505 XX TO C BOARD CN703

H

CN501 XX TO WD BOARD CN8903

CN510 XX

-15V 002:5L

! T503 *

R591 0.47 FPRD

I

TO WD BOARD CN8903 CN504 XX

DF

GND CN509 XX GND CN002 XX VD+ 11V FBP GND GND NC 135V

TO D3 BOARD CN2803 TO DL BOARD CN8801

J

CN503 XX

TO D3 BOARD CN2800 B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 002)-SW292 TO DL BOARD CN8800

A

K

(Block 002)

Power Supply / Deflection

-15V 002:16I ABL 001:9K EWD-DEFL 001:7K

Q513 MSB709-RT1 BUFFER

1

JW1503 5

001:7K VGUARD-DEFL

R5005 100 RN-CP

D5007 XX R5050 PROTECT 0 CHIP

11

12 DRV-IN

R526 4.7k RN-CP

R553 15k RN

5 14

5V

J

20

R594 0.47 1/2W FPRD

VD+

IC503 STV9325 V-OUT

H+ H+ HHVV+

135V HV

10

C513 0.01 25V CHIP

1 2 3 4 5 6

200V

T505 142698171

C554 4700p 200V CHIP

H.DY

11V

1

15V

DY

17

FBT

H-

5V

VD+ GND CN507 5V 7P RED 15V 11V TO C BOARD CN1801 ROT_CTRL ROT_SW 001:1H ROT_SW ROT_CTRL 001:1H GND 7V 11V CN512 XX TO C BOARD CN3800

11V

135V

R587 R580 R582 3.9k 0 680k RN-CP CHIP C559 CHIP XX D546 XX R546 CLAMP 0 CHIP

V-DRIVE R522 6.8k RN-CP R5006 4.7k RN-CP

1 2 3

7V

C548 XX

7

JR1582 0 CHIP

C574 4.7 160V

L515 145910400 R507 4.7 FPRD C577 0.15 200V PT S501

4 3 5

R567 220k RN-CP

L507 10mH

C568 ! 470P C570 500V 1 250V PP L512 XX

! C567 0.68 400V PP

R574 XX

R542 C593 10k 100p RN-CP R5016 CH 10k RN-CP

R570 6.8k RN-CP

C534 XX

D509 RD5.6SB-T1 CLAMP

C584 100p CH

4 3

1 R585 2.2 FPRD

2

FBP 001:12A

R565 18k RN-CP

R506 22k RN-CP R551 12k RN

C585 XX

I

4

1

C572 0.15 250V PP

R597 680 RS

JW1568 5.0MM

1

L518 47uH

3 C521 10

R581 10k RN-CP

3 5

R588 XX C561 XX

9

9V 001:10B;001:13K; 001:3A;002:16D

2

D545 D532 MMDL914T1 MMDL914T1 PROTECTOR SWITCH

D550 XX

C598 2.2 10V CHIP

C553 680p 2kV B

R589 XX

8

1

R505 100k RN-CP C502 1500p CH

R550 0 CHIP D551 XX R5017 XX

IC502 NJM2903M PIN CONTROL

5

+ -

R552 2.2k RN-CP

R5028 3.3k

C517 0.01 25V B 6

D5018 TP602 FMU-G16S POST PIN TP603 POST PIN

D518 XX DUMPER

R5027 150k RN

7

TP605 POST PIN

2

3 4

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

R500 1k RN-CP

11V

4

8

R532 XX

FB502 XX

FB503 XX

TP604 POST PIN

4

3

JW1545 5.0MM

16

R560 10k RN-CP

C504 XX

S

! C539 0.056 630V PP

C552 680p 2kV B

10

C506 33 160V

R562 ! 47 T501 143719551 JW1521 10.0MM

Q511 TT2142 H-OUT

T504 143385011 HLT

15V

D519 ERC06-15S DUMPER

1

C507 220p 500V B

C528 XX

5

C523 470p 500V B C519 470p 500V B

S

JW1544 5.0MM

W503

4

3

D533 XX PROTECTOR

PIN CORRECTION

H

C514 0.047 200V PT

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION

L519 XX

! 135V C538 20000 D517 1.2kV TP502 ERC06-15S POST PIN PP DUMPER

JW1557 XX

+ -

C581 XX C551 XX

5V

H+ 15V

R557 XX

JW1579 XX

R579 XX

+B 001:9A

5V R527 XX

R596 680 3W RS

R5032 680 3W RS

H-DRIVE

VD--DEFL 001:7K

5

C698 *

Q618 MSB709-RT1

TO F2 BOARD CN6603

VD+-DEFL 001:7K

4

Q617 *

R6000 R699 D644 * RN-CP MMDL914T1 56K RN-CP SWITCH R698 C679 Q612 10k 0.47 10V CHIP MSD601-RT1 B SWITCH

C603 XX

C663 330 160V

FL601 1.1uH

3

IC607 KIA78R05API REGULATOR

D638 RB085T-60 RECTIFIER D636 RB085T-60 RECTIFIER C666 2200 25V

FL600 1.1uH

C681 100 16V

R6001 * RN-CP

D655 XX SWITCH

C693 C662 XX 3300 L690 16V 10uH

C656 680p 1kV

D635 D4SBL20U SENSING

! T601 1443069111

R679 0 CHIP

! PS601 5A 90V

FL607 0.45uH

2

R607 * RN-CP

JR1681 * CHIP

! PS602 5A 90V

2

C670 *

R684 XX

R6009 * RN-CP

! PS600 5A 90V

FL604 0.45uH

D637 D10SBS4F

C667 2200 50V

JW1688 12.5MM 10

R687 2.2k R696 0 RN-CP CHIP

REGULATOR

C668 XX

! FL603 5A 90V

R675 10k RN-CP

!

S_VCC 5 4 3 2 1

AFC-DEFL 001:9A

1

Q607 2SK3561 SWITCH

Q614 UN2211 SWITCH

C658 0.01 B

1

Q613 MSB709-RT1 SWITCH

OVP CIRCUIT

R695 18k RN-CP D640 RD18ESB

Q609 KTC3199GR-TP SWITCH

! FL602 5A 90V

1

P_CONT BIAS MAIN_ON S_GND CN608 XX GRN

R690 1K FPRD

FB601 0uH

S

R694 68k RN-CP

R6013 * RN-CP

C655 1000 35V

D632 * ! T605 *

D625 UF4005/23 CLAMP

C665 XX

C654 *

R642 0.1 1W RF R664 FB602 R669 270k 0uH RN-CP 1k R670 D629 FPRD 10 FPRD MM3Z15VT1

IC602 MCZ3001DB SW REGULATOR D665 UDZSTE-1736B

D659 *

R6005 *

R6006 XX

5

P_GND 4 DL 3 DH 2 P_VCC 1

CN607 XX GRN

G

C635 C636 10 4.7 C632 4.7

12 11 10

C601 220 16V

R601 4.7k RN-CP

RY603 XX

RY601 *

Rt VS GND VB Timer SS VG(L) Vc1P-GND

16 15 14

CN606 XX TO F2 BOARD CN6601 M_SENSE 1 S_SENSE 4

R659 XX

D667 MMDL914T1 JW1610 XX

!

R654 R6028 9.1k * RN-CP RN-CP R661 R6029 * 220k RN-CP RN-CP C630 XX Vsense VD R657 F/B XX Ct VG(H)

7 8 9

Q600 MSD601-RT1 SWITCH

JR1683 0 CHIP

R651 470 RN-CP

C631 1000p 100V PP R652 12k RN-CP

JW1695 XX

D653 XX

D600 1SS119-25

9

C649 *

18

!

4

6

C623 XX

VD600 *

RY600 175519811

JW1659 7.5MM

001:1E DGC-RELAY

C646 *

1 2 3 4 5 6

! C600 0.22 PT

3

D627 *

D614 * PROTECTOR

D661 MTZJ-T-77-15

CN602 2P DGC CHECKING

C639 *

C627 *

D613 * PROTECTOR

C621 JW1621 * 10 C616 R639 4700p * 500V E JW1696 JW1639 XX XX C620 C619 * *

JW1694 XX

DGC CHK 2 DGC CHK 1

D

1

JW1607 XX

R613 8.2M 1W RN

!

JW1609 ! R622 C609 22.5MM 0.22 470p 10W 250V RB ! B RY602 175539511

5

6

4

~

C628 *

C637 R681 1000p 10k B 14 RN-CP

1

C684 *

R686 XX

6

7

JW1698 XX

DGC 2 DGC 1 C

3

R6020 *

R638 *

O COM

3.3V

13

7

CN603

FB600 0uH

JW1697 XX

1 R665 *

~

8

CN601 * DGC COIL DGC 3 NC 2 DGC 1

R6014 *

JW1608 17.5MM

C638 *

~

4

! C697 0.22 PT

AC IN 2 AC IN 1

8

JW1683 XX

C626 *

VD602 *

C615 4700p 500V E

3

B

2

! C608 470p 250V B

C613 4700p 500V E

2

TO H4 BOARD CN1651

JW1682 XX

VD601 180499511

D647 10ERB20-TB5 RECTIFIER

1

1

! CN600 2P

I

C602 XX

IC603 EK1135

TH601 *

IC610 BA18BCOWFP-E2 3.3V REGULATOR

CTL

STANDBY CIRCUIT D617 * 1

R6022 * RN-CP

IC605 KIA78D33F REGULATOR

Vcc

POWER SUPPLY

16

15

A

1

CHOKE COIL

8

GND

CN605 XX WHT

A

7

OUT

6

5

IN

4

AUDIO_GND 001:4K

3

IC_GND 003:1C

2

PFC OUT 3 PFC IN

1

L

– 38 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

4-3-4. A Board — (Block 003) 1

2

3

A Mount Mecha A001

409311901

Mount Mecha A002 410268311

4

A

IC001 CLP002

Mount Mecha A200

406846881

IC200

Mount Mecha A503

X40360521

IC503

B

B

C IC_GND 002:8A

R6016 *

R6019 *

Mount Mecha A604 407215201

IC604

Mount MechaA6071 403343761

IC607

Mount Mecha A511 X40360506

Q511

Mount MechaA6070 406084011 XX

D607

Mount Mecha A638 407841701

D638

Mount MechaA6079 407902811

Q607

C

Mount Mecha A608

407902811

Q608

Mount Mecha A635

406084011

D635

Mount Mecha A637

406084011

D637

Mount Mecha A505 406290872

Q505

A (Block 003)

Heat Sink

D

B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 003)-SW292

– 39 –

D


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 KV-SW292M80 RM-GA002

RM-GA002

4-3-5. J3 Board Schematic Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

A

R-Y

B B-Y

Y

JW2421 5

JW2410 5

R2421 XX

C2410 XX C2411 XX

R2419 XX

VB R2411 XX

JW2419 5

R2412 XX R2414 XX

C2413 XX

C2400 R2415 XX XX JW2415 5 JW2400 5

R2417 XX

C2414 XX

C2401 R2418 XX XX JW2418 5 JW2401 5

R

R

J2410 181789511

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

JW2411 5 D2411 XX C2412 XX PROTECT D2412 JW2412 XX 5 PROTECT

L

L

TO A (Block 001) CN907,CN010

D2410 XX PROTECT

R2420 XX JW2420 5

VG

C

D

CN2410 8P WHT

VR R2410 XX

7

DVD Y GND DVD BY GND DVD RY GND DVD L DVD R

D2414 XX PROTECT

D2415 XX PROTECT

R3627 XX CENTER IN

1

E

J3603 XX

R3624 R3623 XX XX C3615 XX

2 1

R3621 R3620 XX XX

C3614 XX

R3622 XX

F

G

5

R3626 XX

JW3601

R3625 VD3600 XX XX

J3400 XX

CN3400 XX 3 3D + IN 2 GND 1 GND/3D - IN

D3401 XX PROTECT D3402 XX PROTECT

2 1

3 CENTRE IN-R 2 CENTRE IN-L 1 GND-CENTRE

T3600 XX D3400 XX PROTECT

JW3400 XX

CN3600 XX

4

JW3401 XX

J3

D3403 XX PROTECT

H

DVD Terminal

B-BX1L(05)12995-...-J3.-SW292

I

J

– 40 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

4-3-6. F1 and H4 Boards Schematic Diagram

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

A

! CN4602 2P WHT

! CN4601 2P

F4601 5A 250V

!

B

JW4606 XX

1

2

C4603 XX

JW4608 XX

GND 1

R4603 0.22

!

JW4601 XX

JW4607 XX C4602 XX

AC OUT AC OUT

R4601 820k RN

4

3

4

C654 4700p 250V B

D

1 2

T4602 143521411

T4601 XX 1

!

TO H4 BOARD CN1652

JW4604 XX

!

3

TO A (Block 001) CN100

JW4603 XX

JW4605 XX

2

CN4603 1P

R4602 0.22 FH002

SPARK GAP

C

TO POWER CORD AC IN 1 FH001 AC IN 2

!

JW4602 XX

C4601 0.47 PT

F1

CISPR B-BX1L(05)12995-...-F1.-SW292

E

! CN1651 2P TO A (Block 002) CN600

H4

! CN1652 2P

1 AC IN 2 AC IN

1 2 3 4 5

G

TO H7 BOARD CN3907

1 AC OUT 2 AC OUT

CN1900 5P WHT

LED G LED R GND SIRCS IN 3.3V SEN

F

TO F1 BOARD CN4602

AC Switch D1903 SPB-25MVWF LED

R G

H

3.3V

I

J

D1900 RD5.6ESB2 PROTECT

VD601 XX

D1902 1SS133T-77 VCC OUT GND

C1900 C1901 IC1900 470p 470p B RPM7240-H5 B SIRCS RECEIVER

D1901 RD5.6ESB2 PROTECT

! S1650 178664912

B-BX1L(05)12995-...-H4.-SW292

– 41 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

RM-GA002

RM-GA002

4-3-7. H7 Board Schematic Diagram

TO A (Block 001) CN014

C3914 XX

D3905 XX PROTECT

R3911 220

6 7 8

3 4 5

9V

R3914 220

C3911 47 35V

SOUND MODE

R3907 1k

MENU

C3928 XX

KARAOKE

R3920 680

R3908 470

VIDEO

5 4 3

LED G LED R

GND SIRCS IN 3.3V SEN

1

2

S3907 S3908 S3909 169243121 169243121 169243121

VOL -

R3926 XX

R3910 220

R3909 330 VOL +

CH -

D3908 RD5.6ESB2 R3912 150 CH +

S3902 S3903 169243121 169243121

S3905 S3904 169243121 169243121

B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 001)-SW292

CN3907 5P WHT

I

J

– 42 –

R3946 XX

IC3900 XX

TO H4 BOARD CN1900

H

R3942 XX 1 2 R3944 XX 3 4 C3927 5 XX

1

J3903 177032913

R3915 1.5k

C3929 XX

5

R

Front Panel

L

V

H7

C3910 47 35V

R3940 XX

R3943 XX

6

L3903 XX

R3905 XX R3916 47

J3901 XX

C3916 XX

Q3904 D3917 XX XX ALC ALC R3941 XX

C3921 XX

7

JW3905 5.0MM

F J3904 177078622

R3930 XX

C3926 XX

D3918 XX ALC

8

R3904 XX

R3927 XX

C3917 XX D3903 XX PROTECT

JW3904 5.0MM

C3903 XX

R3929 XX

+ -

3.3V

R3932 XX R3939 C3918 XX XX

4

L3902 10uH

Q3901 KRC110M BUFFER

C3924 XX

C3925 XX R3938 R3945 XX XX

R3931 XX

3

C3902 0.01 100V PT

R3924 XX

Q3902 KRC110M BUFFER

15

D3919 XX D3914 XX R3933 XX

2

E

C3901 XX

C3922 XX

R3928 XX

C3923 XX

1

JW3910 XX

D3916 D3915 XX XX ALC ALC

R3937 XX

JW3914 5.0MM L3901 10uH

G

R3925 XX

Q3903 XX ALC

R3934 XX

+ -

D3902 XX

3.3V

14

J3906 XX

R3935 XX

2

D3912 1SS133T/77 PROTECTOR

C3900 0.01 100V PT

13

J3905 XX

C3920 XX R3936 XX D3904 XX PROTECT

12

TO A (Block 001) CN016

C

D

11

CN3911 XX WHT

CN3905 7P

TO A (Block 001) CN906 TO B BOARD CN1400

STBY 3.3V GND LED G LED R SIRCS GND KEY 9V

CN3910 XX TO 3D WOOFER WHT

1 2

CN3906 XX RED

1 2 3 4 5 6

D3913 1SS133T-77 PROTECTOR

10

CN3908 5P RED

7

TO A(Block 002) CN202

9

STBY 3.3V GND LED G LED R SIRCS GND KEY

TO B BOARD CN207

8

1 2 3 4 5 6

TO SPEAKER

7

R IN GND L IN GND CV IN

CN3903 6P

PH L IN SP L IN SP GND SP GND SP R IN PH R IN

CN3902 XX WHT

6

1 2 3 4 5

5

3 NC 2 GND 1 GND

4

1 PH L IN 2 SP L IN 3 SP GND 4 SP GND 5 SP R IN 6 PH R IN 7 GND 8 3D IN 9 3D IN

B

3

CN3901 4P WHT

1 SP L OUT 2 SP GND 3 SP GND 4 SP R OUT

A

2

1 W GND 2 W GND 3 3D OUT

1

– 43 –

CN3909 XX WHT MICIN 1 GND MICSW GND MICIN 2


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

RM-GA002

RM-GA002

4-3-8. F2 Board Schematic Diagram (except KV-SW292M50 (Thailand))

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

!

Rectifier Selection Unit R6626 510k RN-CP R6611 510k RN-CP

I4

R6628 47k RN-CP

10

W3

9

I3

8

7

W2

11

6

I2

12

W1

W4

R6633 4.7k RN-CP

R6629 47k RN-CP

R6621 120k RN-CP

R6614 120k RN-CP

C6606 C6607 C6604 C6605 100p 100p 100p 2.2 CH CH CH

IC6601 KIA431AF R6601 SHUNT REGULATOR 10k R6604 RN-CP 3 510k RN-CP 1 R6605 R6630 2 510k 39k RN-CP D6608 RN-CP MMDL914T1 R6606 SW 510k RN-CP D6603 MMDL914T1 C6601 SW XX

C6609 33

C6608 XX

C6602 100p CH

C6603 0.01 25V B:CHIP

Q6603 *

D6605 MMDL914T1 SW

13

I1

GND

D6604 MMDL914T1 SW

14

VCC

5

F

R6622 75k RN-CP

OUT1 OUT4

4

R6615 75k RN-CP

OUT2 OUT3

R6631 10k RN-CP

R6639 10k RN-CP

R6610 510k RN-CP

Q6601 * SW

IC6604 LM339NS DUAL COMPARATOR (SW IC)

3

R6624 680k RN-CP

R6617 470k RN-CP

R6609 100k RN-CP

2

R6623 470k RN-CP

R6616 56k RN-CP

1

E

R6613 510k RN-CP

R6625 56k RN-CP

R6603 4.7k RN-CP

R6632 10k RN-CP

D6609 MMDL914T1 SW

R6612 510k RN-CP

R6619 510k RN-CP

D6601 MMDL914T1 SW

R6618 510k RN-CP

R6620 510k RN-CP D6602 MMDL914T1 SW

D6606 MMDL914T1 PROTECT

R6608 56k RN-CP

R6607 R6602 10k 56k RN-CP RN-CP

R6636 4.7k RN-CP

R6634 22k RN-CP R6637 4.7k D6607 MM3Z12VST1 RN-CP PROTECT D6610 MMDL914T1 SW

R6627 510k RN-CP

C

D

CN6601 4P GRN

PRIMARY SECONDARY

F2

B

15

R6642 1k RN-CP

R6638 3.9k RN-CP

4 3 2 1

P_GND DL DH P_VCC

5 4 3 2 1

S_VCC P_CONT BIAS MAIN_ON S_GND

R6640 10k RN-CP

! PH6602 PC123Y22FZ0F 4

1 4

To A (Block 002) CN606 M_SENSE S_SENSE

1

3

2

1

4

23 Q6602 * SW

R6635 22k RN-CP

! PH6603 PC123Y22FZ0F

Q6604 * SW

R6641 10k RN-CP

B-BX1L(05)12995-...-F2.-SW292

G

H

I

J

– 44 –

– 45 –

CN6602 4P GRN To A (Block 002) CN607 CN6603 5P GRN To A (Block 002) CN608


VM GND 9V GND NC +B 1 2 3 4 5 6

C5904 XX

R5907 1k

R5947 47k

R5949 220

Q5912 2SC2458-YGR AMP

JW5901 L5901 5 47uH

R5948 47k

C5923 0.1

R5906 1k

D5901 1SS119-25 TEMP-CORR.

R5902 560 FPRD

Velocity Modulation

FB5900 0uH

Q5901 2SC2458-YGR AMPLIFIER R5910 68 R5921 180 3W RS

C5912 0.1 200V PT

Q5902 2SA1606-E VM OUT

R5919 1k D5902 FPRD RD39ESB LEVEL SHIFT

R5908 1.5 FPRD

R5909 220

R5923 1.5 FPRD

D5904 RD39ESB LEVEL SHIFT

C5913 1000p PT

CN5904 12P TO VM COIL C5914 100 16V

Q5906 2SC4159-E VM OUT

CYN.C. CY+

L5903 XX

R5914 82

R5925 39 FPRD

C5917 470 10V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

QPQPNC NC QP+ QP+ NC NC E E VM VM

3 2 1

QPNC QP+

R5922 560

R5920 68k C5910 1000p C5911 PT 2.2 200V

1 2 3

JW5907 XX C5918 220p 500V B

R5911 68k C5908 0.047 200V PT

Q5903 2SC2458-YGR AMPLIFIER

Q5904 2SA1175-HFE BUFFER

C5901 XX MPS

CN5903 XX WHT

L5902 XX

6

VM

R5903 39 1/2W FPRD

C5907 33 160V

C5909 Q5914 100 2SC2458-YGR C5915 C5906 16V D5907 XX AMP XX 0.047 D5903 VOLTAGE DROP R5952 PT 1SS119-25 470 VOLTAGE DROP R5912 47k

R5929 10 2W RS

5

C5905 100 200V

C5903 4700p 500V

R5905 1k

R5915 10k

9V

JW5902 5

R5918 10k R5937 120

4

– 46 – R5904 330

R5950 330

R5936 120

C5920 XX

R5951 390 1/4W

Q5905 2SC2458-YGR BUFFER

3

R5900 47

R5916 1.5k

Q5913 2SA1175-HFE INV

C5916 0.047 PT

7

CN2801 3P WHT CN8802 B-BX1L(05)12995-...-VM.-SW292 TO DL BOARD & TO D3 BOARD CN2802

RM-GA002

C5902 330 16V

D5906 XX VOLTAGE DROP

2

D5905 1SS119-25 R5913 VOLTAGE DROP XX R5917 820

9V

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

1

TO A (Block 001) CN003 TO A (Block 001) CN005

4-3-9. VM Board Schematic Diagram

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J CN5901 6P WHT


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

4-4. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT AND WAVEFORM

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM Ref IC001

Pin No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Voltage[v] 3.2 0.6 3.2 0 1.7 3.2 0 0 2.9 3.2 1.7 1.7 0.2 (0.6)[0.4] 0 0 0.8 (0.7)[0.5] 3.2 (4.0)[3.8] 3.8 0 3.2 0 1.9 0 3.2 0 1.7 3.2 0.6 2.9 1.8 0 3.2 1.8 0 1.6 3.2 0 3.2 1.8

Ref

Pin No. 44

Voltage[v] 1.6

3 PAL

2.040Vp-p 3 NTSC

Ref

Pin No. 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 7

2.800Vp-p

45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62

3.1 2.3 4.9 0 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.1 0 0.1 1.6 1.7 1.2 1.2 1.2 4.9 0 1.5

2.210V

82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106

4

3.680Vp-p

63

0.3

5 PAL

1 PAL

5.520Vp-p 1.760Vp-p

5 NTSC

1 NTSC

107 9 PAL 5.360Vp-p

2.480Vp-p

2 PAL

2.060Vp-p 2 NTSC

1.880Vp-p

4.7 1.9 8.1 0 (3.5)[1.5] 0.1 1.9 0 2.4 2.0 3.4 3.4 2.1 2.1 0.6 0 4.5 (0)[0.2] 0.2 0 1.8 2.3 1.8 1.8 1.3

8

2.120Vp-p

43

Voltage[v] 2.1 2.1 1.3 2.1 2.1 1.5 1.3 2.1 2.1 1.4

64

1.8

1.9 1.520Vp-p

6

9 NTSC

2.240Vp-p

65 66 67 68 69 70 71

– 47 –

0 0 0 3.4 3.4 1.5 1.3

1.600Vp-p

1.2


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM Ref

Pin No. 108

Voltage[v] (2.4)[2.2]

Ref

10 PAL

Pin No. 2 3

Voltage[v] Ref * IC607 (-13.6)[-13.3]

12

IC610 840mVp-p 30.40Vp-p

10 NTSC

4 5 6 7

860mVp-p

IC003

IC200

IC502

IC503

109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1

2.2 2.2 0 2.1 1.8 4.9 2.4 0.1 0 * * 3.2 0 3.2 0 3.2 3.2 1.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.0 3.9 0 3.3 * 0 21.2 0 0 * 10.6 0.1 0 22.8 39.7 10.7 1.2 2.4 1.7 0 3.2 2.5 7.1 8.8 0.4

Q013

840.0mVp-p 13 NTSC

Q015 Q016

960.0mVp-p

IC602

IC603

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5

2.5 1.7 2.0 (2.5)[2.3] 0 -0.1 4.4 18.7 -0.1 104 -0.1 0.1 0 (155.3)[156.6] (145.3)[145.9] 149.7 0 * 134.7 * 2.8 2.8 2.4

Q017 Q100 Q103 Q111 Q202 Q203 Q300 Q505

14 PAL

Q506

Voltage[v] 7.0 0 2.2 5.0 2.5 3.3 0 4.0 0 0 (2.2)[2.3] 0 2.0 0 2.6 * 4.9 * 0.1 1.7 0 1.9 0 0 0.6 0 0 0 1.7 0 4.6 8.8 3.9 0 3.3 0 0 0 * 7.1 0 (6.0)[7.0] 0 0 0 * 0 * 0 7.0 (16.6)[17.7] 0

15 PAL

432.0mVp-p 14 NTSC 1.540Vp-p 15 NTSC

452.0mVp-p

IC605 IC606

940.0mVp-p

Q002 Q012

IC604 920.0mVp-p

Q001

13 PAL

11 PAL

11 NTSC

-14.8 (0.3)[0.2] 13.4 (0.4)[0.5]

Pin No. I G VC O 1 2 3 4 5 B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E S G D B

6 7 8 I G O VCC GND OUT 1 2 3 4

– 48 –

12.57 0 * 15.0 0 8.8 7.1 0 3.3 4.3 1.7 0 2.7

1.600Vp-p

C E

91.2 12.3


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM Ref Q511

Pin No. B

Voltage[v] *

Ref Q617

16

Q618 Q900

8.440Vp-p

Q512 Q513 Q600 Q607 Q608 Q609 Q612 Q613 Q614 Q616

C E B C E B C E B C E S G D S G O B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E

138.7 0 0 4.9 0.1 1.2 0 1.8 0 15.0 0 145.7 149.5 * 0.2 4.7 0.2 0.7 * 0 0 7.1 0 7.1 0 7.1 0 0.7 0 14.2 14.9 15.0

Q901 Q902 PH601

PH602

DY1

Pin No. B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 H+ 17 PAL

147.2Vp-p 17 NTSC

149.6Vp-p

– 49 –

Voltage[v] 2.5 0 2.5 2.5 0 2.7 1.5 0 2.2 0 0.1 0 0 0.1 0 14.9 13.9 0 1.5 145.5 145.7 0 15 138.6

Ref

Pin No. H-

Voltage[v] 134.9

18 PAL

154.0Vp-p 18 NTSC

178.0Vp-p

V-

0

19

2.000Vp-p

V+ 20

53.60Vp-p

(0.3)[0.2]


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

C BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM Ref IC751

Pin No. 1

Voltage[v] 2.0

Ref

Pin No. 7

1 PAL

4 PAL

1.600Vp-p

128.0Vp-p

1 NTSC

4 NTSC

1.880Vp-p

2

Voltage[v] 138.7

Ref

IC1801

152.0Vp-p

2.0

8

2 PAL

126.4

IC3800

5 PAL

1.600Vp-p

130.0Vp-p

2 NTSC

5 NTSC

J751 1.400Vp-p

3

108.0Vp-p

1.9

9

3 PAL

127.9

Q701

6 PAL

Q1800 1.520Vp-p

132.0Vp-p

3 NTSC

6 NTSC

Q1801 Q1802

2.160Vp-p

4 5 6

Q1804

140.0Vp-p

0 4.6 205

IC1800

1 2 3 4

(6.6)[6.8] (6.6)[6.8] 0 2.5

– 50 –

Pin No. Voltage[v] 5 0 6 6.2 7 4.9 8 5.7 9 * 10 12.8 1 (6.6)[6.8] 2 0 3 2.5 4 0 5 6.2 6 4.9 7 5.7 8 * 9 12.8 1 * 2 0.4 3 0 4 -0.1 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 (0.3)[0.4] 9 * 10 (0.3)[0.5] KR (139.4)[140] KG (127.1)[126.5] KB (128.8)[127.9] H1 0 H2 0 B 4.6 C 0 E * B 3.6 C 0 E 4.2 B 0 C 4.9 E 0 B 0.4 C 1.7 E 0 B 1.9 C 3.6 E 1.3


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

D3 BOARD VOLTAGE LIST (not used for these models) Ref IC2800 IC2801

Q2800

Pin No. I G O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B C E

Voltage[v] 15.0 0 8.9 4.4 4.4 4.4 0 * 1.4 7.9 8.9 -0.4 0.3 0

Ref Q2801 Q2802 Q2803 Q2804

Pin No. B C E B C E B C E B C E

Voltage[v] 0.3 (2.3)[2.6] 0 1.5 14.5 0.9 14.0 1.5 14.5 1.7 14.0 1.2

Pin No. B C E B C E B C E B C E

Voltage[v] (0.5)[0.3] (100.8)[83.4] 0 2.5 8.1 1.8 8.1 2.5 8.8 2.6 8.8 1.9

VM BOARD VOLTAGE LIST Ref Q5901 Q5902 Q5903 Q5904 Q5905

Pin No. B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E

Voltage[v] 2.6 8.8 1.9 135.8 (100.8)[83.3] 135.9 2.6 4.6 1.9 4.6 0 5.0 5.5 8.8 5.0

Ref Q5906 Q5912 Q5913 Q5914

H4 BOARD VOLTAGE LIST Ref IC1900

Pin No. VCC GND OUT

Voltage[v] 3.3 0 2.9

H5 BOARD VOLTAGE LIST (not used for these models) Ref Q3901 Q3902

Pin No. B C E B C E

Voltage[v] 0 3.3 (0.3)[0.1] 3.3 2.0 1.9

– 51 –


4-5.

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

RM-GA002

RM-GA002

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

A

NOTE: The circuit indicated at left contains high voltage of over 1220 Vp-p. Please pay attention when inspecting or repairing it to prevent an electric shock.

[Processor, Audio, Power Supply, Deflection, Tuner, Jack, Heat Sink ]

– A Board –

1

CN014 CN016 CN017

C678

IC604

C231

R234

7

C698

8

C681

R6021

C607

C215

A604

9

R6027 C610 Q612

G

C680

IC605

IC606

3

C605

CN512

O

R6001

R6024

I R698 R695

Q614

D640

C670

C695 D655

1

-

C668

R6011

C662

D600

R659

C655

C693

Q600

D211

GND AUDIO VCC AUDIO VCC

R699

R696 R6010

C682 C604

R6006

C684

C683

C667

+

D648

C685

PS600

D647

C654

D632

A638

D637

PS601

D658

1

CN608

C609

R607

5 1

R613

CN607

R665

C691

4 D660

C646

1 R6005

CN606

C628

4

R603

C653

D633

C651

S

R662

R660

Q513

R5005

TH601 D653

RY600

C626 R6014

R6008

+

-

18

C309

R217

C214

R218

D209

C232

R2644

C213

JR600

D5

PH R

SP R

GND

GND

SP L

D210

C230

C212

R605 R606

A608

D5007

R500

R515

R584

D617

G D659

D614

C639 C627 2

C63

1

CN600

8

D527

C622

VD600

AC IN

C620

AC IN

FB602

R6016

C650

FB601

C619

VD601

R6004

R673

C652

R677

R508

A6079

C697

3

CN601 CN603

3 DGC

C613

1 DGC

CN602

C635

R652

C631

D661

C636

R654

1 C629

C632

D665

IC503

C600

C633

-15V

CN510

1 C578

1

C623

FB600

CN605

18

9 7

VD602

R657

-

D607

+

R6028

C540

C614 R639

10 C692

R522

C615 C624

R6030

R661

C527

D626

R651

L501

C621

R669

C630

C647

TH600

PFC OUT

R638

R6029

D622

D625

4 1

D613

R664

D629

R672

PH601

Q512

R670

R678

R520 JR010

6 2

R5003

R5002

DEFLECTION

A503

R568

PFC IN

G

C648

3

1

C556

R5001

F

C546

R5051

C557

DF

C513 R526

C588

– 52 –

C532

C531 R569 C550

L581

D522

R6007 2

R571

D537

13

CN504

C533

R602 0

R642

R653

C595

R586

C587

D536

R593

13

C536 D513

R577

R5000

D521

A002

D627 C649

L519 L515

L503

R578

GND

CN505

CN509

TH500

R591

GND

DF

12

1

Q608

S

GND

CN002

PVCC DH DL PGND

RY601

C537

H1

9

14 R539

1

4

R622

R5006

Q607

O

4

SSENSE

R6019

R5050

W504

C565

NC GND

4

7

T603

C608

200V

11V VD+

R679

R681

GND VD+

1

R507

R5015

L514 10

T605 7

W502

8 11

FBP

R6009

D657

MSENSE

RY603

1

7

FBP

ABL

C666

4

5

C658

7

C597

E

C566

GND

R509

R5029

R555

GND

C699

1

R686 8

C637

R381

L518

C534 B

D523

6

R519

R511

C558 H1

NC GND

C679

R594

R590

135V

2

R676

R5020

D528

6

CN204

R6015

S501

D530

D529

1

V+

I

C602 C601 R600 1

D644

Q609

JR1681

R604

R5021

S502

L512

R583

C5073 C573

FBT

T503 T506 T507

V-

H-

KEY 9V

D664

6

R5022

DY1

GND

CN503

H-

H+

R687

1

4

D651

D631

H+

1

PH602

D652

4 H+ 5

SGND MAIN-ON BIAS PCONT SVCC

FL607

A635

5V

HCT

R6012 R6000

Q613

A637

FL605

T601

GND

JR603

3

FL603

FL601

ROT SW ROT CTRL

C696

JR018

FL602

C665

LED R

R6017

FL604

R675 1

FL606

-

GND LED G

R6022

E

PS603

C657

C322

R382

D509 JR503

C570

C552

R549

NC

L690

3

R5024

NC SMART

R684

4

R024

D072

R360

R361

PS602

+ FL600

1 H -DY-

12

L040

C656 D635

Q616

CN501

3

C659

C660 R690

IC603

15V

Q516

C580

C577

2 135V

R5031

H

JR1582

R506

R5025

R510

R5026

R597

C538

C528 R5036

C502

D548

D517

D519

Q511

E R554

R556

R596

8

D636

R6023

RY602

CN507

R694

D638

11V

D547 R5023

R553

R229

W602

C661

IC003

4

A6071

D071

R5016

C568

C572

IC200

GND

C521

R542

C553

B

G

R210

CN003

C663

JR024

R5032

TP605

R562

C574

GND 7V 11V

1

C001

C003 C002

C690

D662

C603

D654

C584 R573 D532 D545 C593

1

CN620

C118

D003

D073 R551

R505

T505

R589

R230

R204

R014

R004 R002 R339

R095

R392

R001 C307 R379 R380

C020

9V

R399

Q618

R121

JR1683 JR1684

NC +B

R363

R6025 R6026

W605

IC607

R015

C092

Q617 O

C606

B W603

C585 R552 R565

8

R5017

T508

11V 7V GND

W604

Q018

3.3V L038

MUTE

R006

D002 R340

Q016

R365 JR039 D068 L012

R570

R533

D551

R582

L511

R205 R6013

R248

R247

IC610

I

D663

D103

C308

C216

W606

D006

R362

IC502

5

R5027

R232

D023

L031 R010

R5035

C686

R395

6

R219

C217

3

D069

R580

C567

L513

C203

R007 C010 R323

C219

R220

D025

W001

R038

C098

R336

3

SIRCS

D666

5

CN619 1 30V GND

D200

R235

1

1

D5018

R588

C237 R203 C209 C200

C204

D201 D203 D204

C220

Q202

C096

C026

L039

C218

13

CN202 CN208

W003

R096

1

C321

JR004

Q017

Q203

R240 D212 D202

C030

Q015

5

8

Q013

R992 L013

JR013

R560 C559 R587 C548

R026

4

R567

TP502

C205 C236

R212 JR500

JR022 R012 C090

R387

L010

L033

FB005

C517 R574 C530

C561

TP604

JR029

R208 C207

4

7

CN004

D067

D060 C038

R221

T504

F

R202 R201

CN203

R241

R322

C015

C323

D206

1

R233

C210

C206

C211

R338

C006 L011

R003

R030

C238 R242 D213

1

R1

R211

R200 C201

1

R238

D062

R098

R994

C071

32

C975 JR1081

L009

9V IK GND R OUT G OUT B OUT GND

12 PH L

FSC

AFT

GND

SCL

RESET GND

SDA

ROT -SW VP -OUT

GND

SV-IN

HP -OUT SEL-IN

Q001

Q009

L007

C005 D005

C007 D007 C068

C037

C083

C018 C310 C019

L036

R531

S

R557

TP603

D546 R546

C598 R5028 R550 D550

D504 R525

C208 R207

L600

R025

R581

G

D205

C004

JR028

C506

C504

S R585

R156 R236

C093

C024

C044

R300 C040

FB501

C510

Q505

A505

R337

JR033

D070

C029

1 D024

R023

L032 JR026

L037

C042 C049

R048

R110

FB502

G

L507

C022

JR027

W503

D533

L006

C095

JR032 R341

R029

C320

C031

JR001

R523

1

TP04

FB004 FB003 FB002

L008

C324

Q104 R114

R532

SWF100 R108 C115 R119 R103

R106 C113

Q506

R113 D100 R046 C140 R314 W002 R112 R111 D065 C081 L101

C507

128

C300

X001 C032 C311

R316

R315

L103 R109 C117

L104 C136

CT131

L102

JR1186

C514

R527 C512

C554

R535

R306 JR025 D064

R131 C327

R305

R534

C523

CN903

C111

C202

LSR OUT MUTE

L035

C328

JR036

C091 C013

C014

C034 C304

C041

R5033

R5034

C104 D109 D108

C581

R543

C539

C021 C011

6 C04

R044

JR019 C089 R045 C052 C080

R601

A200

LSL OUT GND R237

W004

C097 C012 C025 R020

B

JR038

C138

C119

C102

C519

Q103 C116 R107 Q102

SU-IN GND SY-IN

R356 D356

C051

L105

R061

R5009

L106

R118

C133

JR014

R5010 C592 R5013 C590

C234 C235

11 1-867-105-11

7

C221

97

R011

C551

10

CN015

1

D061

TP03

C085 96 R051 FB105 C055

9

R310 R327 C301 R042 R041 D057 R039 R993 D058 D059

R974

C079

JR008 C023

C

C594

C302 C028 33

C139

C325

L005 40

35 11 5 JR C13126 R

C120

C101

L100

C107

C106

C142

C329 R389

A5018

J

C009 R009 R317 R005

JR035

R947

C054 R058 R089 80

R088 C070

JR1102 JR1100 C057 JR009 I2 G O1

9

50

90

IH IL G 01 02

A511

TP602

I

C928

D911

D912 C929 DVDV-IN

GND R929 DVDU-IN

R949 D915 R945

R150

JR002 C073 R388 C063 R127

Q111 JR1109 SWF101 D102 R128

R975 C084 R311 R326

R973

C008 JR006 R008 C056 JR034 C036 FB001 C053 R364 JR007

20

R115

R579

R056

R397 TP02 65

C048

D668 D667

E

CN009

C316

C065

C112 R5011

R5012

CT139

R384

R313

R309

R312

I1

R148

C058

Q012

JR1101 C131 R146

C061

R383

R386 C306

R355

C094

R060

11

9

R116

T501

C564

JR502

70

IC001

C064

D066

JR003 L003

R153

GND DVD-LIN DVD-RIN

R952 C959

C902 C976 R912

R917

D106 R149

1 1

C088

C069

C050

C141

R097

CN904

GND AGC

GND

C921 D917

GND

COMB C-

GND

COMB Y-

L IN

GND R IN

R940 C132

C958

R954

R972

R923

R916

C913 JR1181

B DAT

Q002 1

GND VM

R599 C099

C303

Q515

4

DVDY-IN

GND L IN

C917

R948

C318

C072

R304

R099

5

D919

GND

R IN

MON MUTE C IN

Y IN

R953

C960

D922

D908

D907

R155

CN100

TU101 TU102

CN010 CN005

R950

C033

B CLK

W900

64

O2

C326 C143 R303

3 C100 JR1980

B INT

R5008

R390

D105

D107

1

D

C957

C109

Q100

R100

5 R928

C918

C305

8 1

A001 CF101

C108 C137

GND FB100

7

7

CN905

1

C589 R5014 C077 C596 R301 R5030 C591 C599

JR911

TP101

D111 R154 D110

D916

D920

CN907

R996

D906

C

R946

R955

R922

R919

C919

C315

Q300

3

R905

R915 C912 C907

R976

D921

R925 D903

R907 C909 R920

D902

C930

C954 1

R393

1 R930

D913

R951

L004 C961

R909

C916

6

C319

R900

R924 D900

R941

5 CN906

5 R942

8

R908 R957

R921

C906

1

R995

Q900

C908

B

GND TVL TVR GND

C922

C914

1

R396

Q901 R904

R931

C915

L902

R913

C962

J901

R914

Q902

C910

4

JR030

D901 R903

C901

R910

R901

C911

3

C956 C903 R902

A

D905 C900

R906

R971

CN011

CV IN

2

TV OUT

1

POWER SUPPLY

B

A6070 C616

1

2 DGC CHK

DGC CHK

IC602

– 53 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60

RM-GA002

RM-GA002

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

H7

[RGB AMPLIFIER, ROTATION CIRCUIT, LANDING CORRECTION CIRCUIT]

J3

[FRONT PANEL]

H4

[DVD TERMINAL]

VM

[AC SWITCH]

[VELOCITY MODULATION]

– C Board – – J3 Board – ROT SW ROT CTRL 15V

11V

5V

VD+

Q1800

R1805

CN1801

R1813

R1800

R796

R766

R752

R713 JW1713 C782 R783 RV750

C752

CN706

CN705

EY706 A706

GND

GND

A708

CN702

J752

D

GND

– H4 Board –

R5904

Q5903

CN1651 AC OUT

AC OUT

CN1652 AC IN

AC IN

1-867-109-11 (1-726-093-11)

R1

– H7 Board –

VD601

L3903

C3903

C3923

R3932

6 1

LED R GND SIRCS IN 3.3V SEN

5

C3917

Q3903

6

CN3909

L3901

R3928

R3937

D3913

C3921 L3902

R3929

D3916

C3900

LED G

CN1900

R3934

1

1 MICIN 1 GND MICSW MIC 1SW MIC 2SW GND MICIN 2 JR3901

1

R3930 C3922

CN3901

CN3903

R3931

6

C3901

B R3911

S1650

1

CN3902 R3933

R3905 JW3905

C3902

9

D3905 D3904

SP L OUT SP GND SP GND SP R OUT

GND

PH L IN SP L IN SP GND SP GND SP R IN PH R IN

3D IN

3D IN

B E

W GND

E

R3916

1

D3912

CN3911

Q3901

W GND

3

R3925

C3911

4

1

CN3910

CN3908

Q3902 A3900

3D OUT

GND

NC

GND

1 3

5

(1-726-093-11)

1

CN3905

7

GND L IN

8

R IN

1-867-110-11 R1

1

GND

CV IN

STBY 3.3V

LED G

GND

GND

LEG R SIRCS

9V

KEY

LED G

LED R

IN

GND

3.3V SEN

SIRCS

1

CN3907 5

CN3906

C3924 D1901 J3905

R3926

D3908

R3914 C3910

C3929

R3904 JW3904

D1900

R3907

R3915

J3901 J3904

J3906 R3924 J3903

V

R3943

VIDEO

MENU

SOUND MODE

R3944

R3946 C3927 R3941 R3940 R3939 C3925 R3938

VOL-

Q3904

VOL+

D3917 R3945 D3918 R3942

CH-

C1900

IC1900 C3928

CH+

D1903

D3903

S3909

S3907

S3908

S3902

S3903

S3904

S3905

L R

C1901

C3916

D3902

D1902

R3920

IC3900

R3908

R3909

D3915

R3910

D3914

R3912

D3919

C3926 C3914 JW3914

R3936 R3935 C3920

A1900

C3918 R3927

VCC

– 54 –

D782

C756

C759

D780

D750

R773

R760

GND C786

C

C5904

C5914

7

R778

R777

9

R756

CN703

D783

R5948

R5912

E C5915

EY705 A705

(TO A CN003)

R5900

1

R768

1 8

D754

R781

R3815 JW3815

(1-724-646-13)

J751

EY707 A707

1

R5914

B R5906

B C5909

D5907 R5937

C784

C5923

R5949

Q5904

1-863-250-13

CN707

R3

1000V

B

E B

E

R5925

D5902

C5910

Q5902

CN704

D784 D3801

Q5912

B

R5911

C5917

R5947

R5909

Q5913

E

D5901

C5920

13 RCV

H1 4

6

R5952

Q5914

R5929

C5908

B

E

R5915

C5902

R5950

R5951

D5903

R5922 R5920

R5936 D5906

G4 1

C787

R795

R5905

R5918

A5902

FB5900

R5916

D5905

E

R5907

B

C5907

R5902

Q5906

GND

R3801

Q3800

B

E

C5906

R5903

R5919

R5923

C5913

D5904

R5921

C5911

R5908

+B NC GND 9V GND VM

E

R5917

R5913

Q5905

C5905

B

C5916

R5910

C5903

Q5901

10

L5903

L5902 L5901

C5912

E

3

R3816

A5906

1

R3800

C5918

CN5904

4 G1-1

D3800

CN5901

(TO VM COIL)

D781

11 G1-3

3 G2 1 200V

3

1 C5901

10 KR

6 H2

R3802

CN5903 CY- NC CY+

R3

L750

SG701

5 H1

R3814

1

12

(1-724-646-13)

9 KG

8 KB

SG700

9

QP-

NC

NC

QP-

QP+

NC

QP+

NC

E

E

VM

VM

1-863-252-13

B

R763

7 G1-2

R3812

C3801

– VM Board – QP-

L752 JW752

JW754 L754

R780

C781

R787

R3806

R3813

R3819

NC

R776

Q701

IC751

R794

L780

R3805

5

VD3600

R3625

R3809

C3802

CN2801

R758

R3818

R3807

C3800

QP+

R784

R774

IC3800

1

R3811

D3400

R3622

R3627

R3623

R3810

7V 11V

(TO DL CN8802 & TO D3 CN2802)

D756

IC3801

GND

R3626

9V

C783

E

A3800

LC(E)

T3600

L753 JW753

C754

R3808

R1803

LC(B)

GND

R765

Q3802

1

C3615

CN3800

1

R3624 C3614

R3620

D3403

R2418 JW2418

R2415 JW2415

R1824

R1823

R1812

JW2410 C2410

N/S N/S NC COIL+ COIL-

R3804

C2411 JW2411

C2412 JW2412

1

3

C2414

C1809

R2417

R3817

C2400 JW2400

R2411

R2419 JW2419

R2412

C2401 JW2401

D3402

R2414 C2413

R757

R OUT D787

1K R775

R1801

R2410

C788

R764

CN1802

GND B OUT

D786

G OUT

D755

L751 JW1751

9

1

C791

C753

10

1

R1802

D785

R753

C751

D3401

R2421 JW2421

A1800

R754 C789

R1806

R1

(1-726-093-11)

C790

R767

E

1-867-111-11

D2412

Q1801

R1828

R1829

R1809

R786

C1804

D1808

JW1821 R1821

R1815

J2410

D1803

2

B

R1811

C1803

R1822

R3621

R1825

E

R1810

IC1801

R1830

B

1

3

1

3

Q1804

A751 R1808

R1827

R785

IC1800

A

A703 EY703

R797

CN701

RV1800

A704 EY704

C1800

1

3

J3400 J3603

R2420 JW2420

C785 R1826 JW1826

7

R1814

D2415

D2410

D2411

D2414

1

JW1804 D1804

Q1802

R1816

CN3400

1

GND/3D-IN GND 3D+IN

1

CN3600

GND-CENTRE CENTRE IN-L CENTRE IN-R

DVD Y GND DVD BY

GND DVD RY GND DVD L DVD R

8

8

GND

B CN2410

– 55 –

O

C


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

F1

[RECTIFIER SELECTION UNIT]

[CISPR]

(1-725-901-11)

1-866-568-11 PH6602 PH6603 3 2 1 4

3

IC6601

R6639 R6631

R6630

1

DH DL P-GND

60 C6

R6609

JR6603

R6610

R6626 R6618

R6627

1

R6606 R6605 R6604

R6607

C6603

R6601

R6622 R6616

4 CN6602

R6629 R6625 JR6601 C6602 R6608

JR6602 R6617 C6605 JR6604

S-GND MAIN-ON BIAS P-CONT S-VCC

P-VCC

7

C6608

R6624

IC6604

C6609

R6641

C6601 R6602

Q6601

D6605

D6606

R6633 R6634

D6601

CN6603

4

1

R6638 R6637 Q6602 D6609

Q6604

R6628

Q6603

D6608 D6607

R6642 R6640

5

2

R1

R6635

D6604 R6632 D6603 R6603

D6610

R6636

– F2 board – (except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

R6613 R6623

R6612 R6620

R6611 R6619

M-SENSE S-SENSE

4

D6602

CN6601

C6606

C6604 R6615 R6614 R6621

– F1 board –

R4602

CN4602

AC OUT

AC OUT

F4601 FH001

2

1

C4603 C4602

CN4601

C4601

T4601

FH002

AC IN

T4602

R4601

AC IN

R4603 C654

F2

CN4603

R2

1-867-443-12 (1-726-225-12)

– 56 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

4-6. SEMICONDUCTORS DIODE CATHODE

CATHODE

ANODE CATHODE ANODE

U05G

ANODE

D2SB60A-F04

D4SB60L D4SBL20U D10SBS4F

RD18ESB MTZJ-33B MTZJ-T-77-15 MTZJ-T-77-22 1SS119-25 1SS133T-77

D1NS6 D2L20U EL1Z UF4005/23 10ERB20-TB5

MMDL914T1 MM3Z15VT1 RD5.6SB-T1

TRANSISTOR ANODE

3

C

B

2 1

CATHODE

E

MA77 MA2ZD14001S0 MTZJ-T-77-9.1A UDZS-TE17-12B UDZSTE-1736B UDZ-TE-17-7.5B

DA204K

ERC06-15S

FMU-G16S

RB085T-60

MSB709-RT1 MSD601-RT1 MUN2216T1 UN2211 2SC1623-L5L6

TT2142

KTC3199GR-TP

IRF614

2SA1091-0 2SC3779C,D-AA

2SK3462

BA18BCOWFP-E2

IC DIP

1

SOP

1

TOP VIEW

TOP VIEW Small Outline L-leaded Package Pin 8~98

Dual In-line Package Pin 6~98

MCZ3001DB EK1135

AN17808A

BR24L16F-WE2 NJM2903M

– 57 –

TOP VIEW

TDA12067H1/N1E0B


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

IC

1 7

STV9325

L7809CV

KIA78D33F PQ018EF01SSH KIA78R05API

– 58 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

SECTION 5 EXPLODED VIEWS NOTE: • Items with no part number and no description are not stocked because they are seldom required for routine service. • The construction parts of an assembled part are indicated with a collation number in the remark column.

Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.

The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

5-1. PICTURE TUBE AND SPEAKER BRACKET r : 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3 × 12 p : 7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 16

26

25

27

11

10 9

12

16 7 28

17

23

18

24

20 8 19

6 13 11 14 6 15

22 5

23

7

29 28 4 2

21 3

27

1

– 59 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

REF. NO. PART NO. 1

2

*

3 4 5

* ! !

6 7 8 9

10

11 12 13 14 15

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

REF. NO. PART NO.

X-2059-972-1 BEZNET ASSY 2 ~ 4, 21,22 (KV-SW292M50/M80) X-2059-949-1 BEZNET ASSY (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 4-036-405-21 SPRING, COMPRESSION (KV-SW292M50/M80) 4-036-405-11 SPRING, COMPRESSION (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 4-103-334-01 BUTTON, POWER 4-103-335-01 GUIDE, LIGHT 8-735-056-05 PICTURE TUBE (M68LNH 070X) (except KV-SW292M80) 8-735-057-05 PICTURE TUBE (M68LNH 070X) (KV-SW292M80)

SPACER, DY BRACKET, SPEAKER DEFLECTION YOKE (Y29RSA-S3) MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (except KV-SW292M50/M80) ! 1-419-294-11 COIL, DEGAUSSING (except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ! 1-419-323-31 COIL, DEGAUSSING (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) * ! * *

4-046-600-11 4-046-981-03 8-451-494-61 A-1129-411-A A-1123-549-A

1-452-032-00 1-452-094-00 4-077-228-02 4-079-376-01 8-453-021-32

21 22 23

2-022-584-02 DOOR, CONTROL 4-087-491-11 SPRING (DOOR) 4-046-765-12 SCREW, TAPPING 7 + CROWN WASHER

24

4-051-734-42

26 27 28 29 30

CUSHION (50X550), DGC (KV-SW292M50/M80) CUSHION (60X120), DGC (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 1-452-896-61 COIL, NA ROTATION (RT-200) * A-1129-419-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1123-557-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 4-369-318-61 SPRING, TENSION

– 60 –

REMARK

16 17 18 19 20

25

* 2-591-524-01 * 2-591-526-01

DESCRIPTION MAGNET,DISC CIRCULAR DISC MAGNET B PIECE, TLH CONVERGENCE BAND, DGC NA2919-M3

PIECE B(120), CONV, CORRECT (KV-SW292M50/M80) X-4387-214-3 PERMALOY ASSY, CORRECTION (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 4-084-918-01 HOLDER, HV CABLE

2-349-099-11 2-022-582-11 4-302-404-03 1-825-691-12 * 4-103-333-01 * 2-632-357-01 4-064-883-03

COVER, REAR (29) (KV-SW292M50/M80) COVER, REAR (29) (except KV-SW292M50/M80) TAPPING SCREW (+PWH 4X16) SPEAKER (15 x 6.5CM) COVER, BOTTOM (KV-SW292M50/M80) COVER, BOTTOM (except KV-SW292M50/M80) HOLDER, DGC


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

5-2. CHASSIS r : 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3 × 12 p : 7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 16

54

55

53 60

56

61

62

52

57 64

58

63 51

59

REF. NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

51

MOUNTED PWB, H7 (KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB, H7 (except KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 (KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 (except KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB, J3 (KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB, J3 (except KV-SW292M50/M80) HOLDER, AC CORD (KV-SW292M50/M80) HOLDER, AC CORD (except KV-SW292M50/M80) CORD, AC POWER (WITH CONNECTOR) (KV-SW292M50(India)/M80) CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR) (KV-SW292M50(Thailand) CORD, AC POWER (WITH CONNECTOR) (KV-SW292M61) CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR) (KV-SW292N60)

52

53 54 55

* * * *

A-1129-415-A A-1123-553-A A-1134-635-A A-1134-410-A

* A-1129-417-A * A-1123-555-A 4-022-115-21 4-022-115-00 ! 1-823-551-11 ! 1-824-642-21 ! 1-823-478-12 !1-575-023-11

65

REMARK

REF. NO. PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

56 57

BRACKET, TERMINAL COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(India) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(Thailand) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M61) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M80) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292N60) TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK(NX-4009//M3I4) MOUNTED PWB, H4 (KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB, H4 (except KV-SW292M50/M80)

58 59

60

61

62 63 64 65

– 61 –

* * * * * * ! * *

2-634-133-01 A-1129-646-A A-1134-408-A A-1134-523-A A-1129-407-A A-1128-308-A 1-453-297-41 A-1129-414-A A-1123-552-A 4-046-797-21 4-046-797-01

REMARK

SCREW (3X12), (+)BVTAP (KV-SW292M50/M80) SCREW (3X12), (+)BVTAP (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 8-597-962-00 TUNER, FSS BTP-AG411 (KV-SW292M50/M80) 1-693-659-11 TUNER (KV-SW292M61) 8-598-620-20 TUNER, FSS BTP-AA402 (KV-SW292N60) 4-302-428-03 SCREW (WASHER HEAD) (+P 3X12) 1-469-969-11 CLAMP, FERRITE * A-1129-410-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (KV-SW292M50(India)/M80) * A-1123-558-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (except KV-SW29M50/M80)) * 4-095-842-31 BRACKET, MAIN (KV-SW292M50/M80) * 2-632-073-01 BRACKET, MAIN (except KV-SW292M50/M80)


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002

SECTION 6 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

A REF NO. NOTE:

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK REF NO. PART NO. • Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.

The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted.

When indicating par ts by reference number, please include the board name.

REF NO. * * * * *

* A002

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

A-1129-646-A A-1134-408-A A-1134-523-A A-1129-407-A A-1128-308-A

1-543-298-11 4-382-854-01 4-042-408-02

REMARK

The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

DESCRIPTION REMARK • All resistors are in ohms • F : nonflammable CAPACITORS • MF : µF, PF : µµF COILS • MMH : mH, UH : µH

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(India)) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M61) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M80) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292N60) *******************

C053 C054 C055 C055 C055 C055

1-164-227-11 1-107-826-11 1-100-829-11

CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF FILM 0.15UF (KV-SW292M61/N60) FILM 0.15UF (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)

10.00% 10.00% 5%

25V 16V 250V

5%

250V

FERRITE 0UH SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+) PIN(45), WIRE (KV-SW292M50/M80)

C056 C057 C058 C061 C063

1-104-665-11 1-162-970-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-968-11 1-107-826-11

ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

100UF 0.01UF 0.001UF 0.0047UF 0.1UF

20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%

25V 25V 50V 50V 16V

C064 C065 C069 C070 C072

1-126-961-11 1-126-962-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-162-970-11

ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

2.2UF 3.3UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.01UF

20.00% 20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%

50V 50V 16V 16V 25V

C073 C077 C080 C081 C085

1-126-961-11 1-216-864-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-964-11 1-107-826-11

ELECT SHORT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

2.2UF 0 0.001UF 0.001UF 0.1UF

20.00%

50V

10.00% 10.00% 10.00%

50V 50V 16V

C088 C089 C090 C091 C092

1-162-915-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-927-11 1-162-927-11 1-126-935-11

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT

10PF 0.001UF 100PF 100PF 470UF

0.50PF 10.00% 5.00% 5.00% 20.00%

50V 50V 50V 50V 16V

C093 C098 C100 C101 C102

1-126-933-11 1-127-715-91 1-162-964-11 1-126-964-11 1-162-927-11

ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP

100UF 0.22UF 0.001UF 10UF 100PF

20.00% 10% 10.00% 20.00% 5.00%

16V 16V 50V 50V 50V

C104 C106 C107 C108 C109

1-162-927-11 1-126-964-11 1-126-935-11 1-126-935-11 1-162-968-11

CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP

100PF 10UF 470UF 470UF 0.0047UF

5.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 10.00%

50V 50V 16V 16V 50V

C111 C112 C112 C112 C112

1-162-970-11 1-162-910-11

CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% CERAMIC CHIP 5PF 0.25PF (KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60)

25V 50V

C113 C115 C115 C115 C115 C116 C117 C117

1-162-968-11 1-162-970-11

CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF (KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF (Except KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF CERAMIC CHIP 39PF (KV-SW292N60)

10.00% 10.00%

50V 25V

10.00%

50V

10.00% 5.00%

50V 50V

C117 C117

1-164-381-91

5.00%

50V

1-100-829-31

<CAPACITOR> C001 C002 C003 C004 C005

1-162-927-11 1-126-947-11 1-162-927-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-004-11

CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

100PF 47UF 100PF 470PF 0.1UF

5.00% 20.00% 5.00% 5.00% 10.00%

50V 35V 50V 50V 25V

C006 C007 C008 C009 C010

1-126-933-11 1-164-004-11 1-100-566-91 1-100-566-91 1-164-315-11

ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

100UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 470PF

20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 5.00%

16V 25V 25V 25V 50V

C011 C012 C014 C015 C018

1-127-715-91 1-127-715-91 1-127-715-91 1-126-964-11 1-127-715-91

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP

0.22UF 0.22UF 0.22UF 10UF 0.22UF

10% 10% 10% 20.00% 10%

16V 16V 16V 50V 16V

C019 C020 C021 C022 C023

1-127-715-91 1-107-826-11 1-162-927-11 1-127-715-91 1-127-715-91

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

0.22UF 0.1UF 100PF 0.22UF 0.22UF

10% 10.00% 5.00% 10% 10%

16V 16V 50V 16V 16V

C024 C025 C026 C028 C029

1-126-965-91 1-127-715-91 1-126-947-11 1-107-826-11 1-126-965-91

ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT

22UF 0.22UF 47UF 0.1UF 22UF

20.00% 10% 20.00% 10.00% 20.00%

50V 16V 35V 16V 50V

C030 C031 C033 C036 C037

1-127-715-91 1-126-935-11 1-162-964-11 1-104-665-11 1-164-505-11

CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP

0.22UF 470UF 0.001UF 100UF 2.2UF

10% 20.00% 10.00% 20.00%

16V 16V 50V 25V 16V

C038 C040 C041 C042 C044

1-107-826-11 1-162-979-11 1-162-966-11 1-127-715-91 1-125-889-91

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

0.1UF 0.0027UF 0.0022UF 0.22UF 2.2UF

10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10% 10%

16V 50V 50V 16V 10V

C046 C048 C049 C050 C052

1-162-969-11 1-127-715-91 1-164-227-11 1-126-964-11 1-162-964-11

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP

0.0068UF 0.22UF 0.022UF 10UF 0.001UF

10.00% 10% 10.00% 20.00% 10.00%

25V 16V 25V 50V 50V

– 62 –

1-162-927-11

1-162-968-11 1-162-968-11 1-162-922-11

CERAMIC CHIP 62PF (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

50V


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

A

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

C117 C117 C118

1-164-380-11

CERAMIC CHIP 51PF 5.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60) ELECT 22UF 20.00%

C119 C120 C131 C131 C132 C132

1-163-021-91 1-126-935-11 1-162-970-11

C133 C133 C133 C133 C135

1-162-927-11

1-126-965-91

1-162-970-11

1-162-970-11 1-162-970-11

REMARK 50V 50V

CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF ELECT 470UF CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF (KV-SW292M61/N60) CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF (KV-SW292M61/N60)

10.00% 20.00% 10.00%

50V 16V 25V

10.00%

25V

CERAMIC CHIP 100PF (KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF (Except KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF

5.00%

50V

10.00%

25V

10.00%

25V

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

C327 C329 C502

1-127-715-91 1-162-925-11 1-163-145-00

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

0.22UF 10% 68PF 5.00% 0.0015UF 5.00%

16V 50V 50V

C506 C507 C513 C514 C517

1-107-638-11 1-102-244-00 1-162-970-11 1-106-383-00 1-162-970-11

ELECT CERAMIC CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR CERAMIC CHIP

33UF 220PF 0.01UF 0.047UF 0.01UF

20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%

160V 500V 25V 200V 25V

C519 C521 C523 C527 C530

1-102-228-00 1-126-964-11 1-102-228-00 1-163-021-91 1-137-372-11

CERAMIC ELECT CERAMIC CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR

470PF 10UF 470PF 0.01UF 0.022UF

10.00% 20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 5.00%

500V 50V 500V 50V 50V

C531 C532 C533 C537 C538

1-107-903-11 1-126-941-11 1-126-941-11 1-107-911-11 ! 1-117-651-21

ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT FILM

2.2UF 470UF 470UF 220UF 20000PF

20% 20.00% 20.00% 20% 3.00%

50V 25V 25V 50V 1.2KV

C539 C540 C550 C552 C553

! 1-110-541-91 1-136-171-00 1-106-220-00 1-162-116-00 1-162-116-00

FILM FILM MYLAR CERAMIC CERAMIC

0.056UF 0.33UF 0.1UF 680PF 680PF

5.00% 5.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%

630V 50V 100V 2KV 2KV

C554 C556 C557 C558 C565

1-106-359-00 1-126-941-11 1-126-941-11 1-165-441-81 1-107-645-11

MYLAR ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT

0.0047UF 470UF 470UF 33UF 22UF

5.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20% 20.00%

200V 25V 25V 160V 200V

FILM CERAMIC FILM FILM ELECT

0.68UF 470PF 1UF 0.15UF 4.7UF

5.00% 10.00% 5% 5% 20.00%

400V 500V 250V 250V 160V

C136 C138 C139 C140 C140

1-126-933-11 1-163-009-91 1-162-970-11 1-162-970-11

ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP (KV-SW292N60)

100UF 0.001UF 0.01UF 0.01UF

20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%

16V 50V 25V 25V

C141 C141 C143 C200 C201

1-162-964-11

0.001UF

10.00%

50V

1-102-074-00 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11

CERAMIC CHIP (KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

0.001UF 0.1UF 0.1UF

10.00% 10.00% 10.00%

50V 16V 16V

C202 C203 C204 C205 C206

1-165-176-11 1-165-176-11 1-130-495-00 1-126-959-11 1-162-969-11

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR ELECT CERAMIC CHIP

0.047UF 0.047UF 0.1UF 0.47UF 0.0068UF

10.00% 10.00% 5.00% 20.00% 10.00%

16V 16V 50V 50V 25V

C207 C208 C209 C210 C211

1-130-495-00 1-162-969-11 1-126-959-11 1-126-968-11 1-126-964-11

MYLAR CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT

0.1UF 0.0068UF 0.47UF 100UF 10UF

5.00% 10.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00%

50V 25V 50V 50V 50V

C567 C568 C570 C572 C574

! 1-117-669-91 1-102-228-00 ! 1-117-671-91 1-117-661-71 1-107-635-11

C213 C214 C215 C216 C217

1-115-339-11 1-126-942-61 1-128-550-11 1-126-965-91 1-126-942-61

CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT

0.1UF 1000UF 2200UF 22UF 1000UF

10.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00%

50V 25V 50V 50V 25V

C577 C578 C584 C587 C588

1-106-395-00 1-162-964-11 1-162-927-11 1-130-777-00 1-162-964-11

MYLAR CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR CERAMIC CHIP

0.15UF 0.001UF 100PF 0.1UF 0.001UF

10.00% 10.00% 5.00% 5.00% 10.00%

200V 50V 50V 100V 50V

C218 C219 C220 C231 C232

1-126-965-91 1-126-934-11 1-126-964-11 1-137-374-11 1-137-374-11

ELECT ELECT ELECT MYLAR MYLAR

22UF 220UF 10UF 0.047UF 0.047UF

20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 5.00% 5.00%

50V 16V 50V 50V 50V

C590 C591 C592 C593 C597

1-162-968-11 1-216-864-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-927-11 1-126-933-11

CERAMIC CHIP SHORT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT

0.0047UF 0 0.001UF 100PF 100UF

10.00%

50V

10.00% 5.00% 20.00%

50V 50V 16V

C234 C235 C238 C300 C301

1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-505-11 1-127-715-91 1-164-315-11

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

470PF 470PF 2.2UF 0.22UF 470PF

5.00% 5.00%

C598 C600 C601 C606 C608

1-125-889-91 ! 1-165-529-31 1-126-934-11 1-163-038-91 ! 1-119-892-51

CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC

2.2UF 0.22UF 220UF 0.1UF 470PF

10% 10 20.00%

10% 5.00%

50V 50V 16V 16V 50V

10.00%

10V 0V 16V 25V 250V

C302 C303 C304 C305 C306

1-126-964-11 1-126-933-11 1-104-665-11 1-104-665-11 1-107-826-11

ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP

10UF 100UF 100UF 100UF 0.1UF

20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 10.00%

50V 16V 25V 25V 16V

C609 C610 C613 C614 C615

! 1-119-892-51 1-126-959-11 1-161-830-00 1-161-830-00 1-161-830-00

CERAMIC ELECT CERAMIC CERAMIC CERAMIC

470PF 10.00% 0.47UF 20.00% 0.0047UF 99% 0.0047UF 0.0047UF

250V 50V 500V 500V 500V

C308 C309 C311 C316 C322

1-107-826-11 1-126-964-11 1-107-826-11 1-125-891-11 1-126-947-11

CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT

0.1UF 10UF 0.1UF 0.47UF 47UF

10.00% 20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 20.00%

16V 50V 16V 10V 35V

C616 C619 C619 C620 C620

1-161-830-00 1-117-753-11

CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% ELECT(BLOCK) 470UF 20.00% (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT(BLOCK) 820UF 20% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

500V 450V

C323 C324

1-107-826-11 1-126-933-11

CERAMIC CHIP ELECT

0.1UF 100UF

10.00% 20.00%

16V 16V

C621

1-100-957-11

ELECT(BLOCK)

250V

– 63 –

1-100-957-11

820UF

20%

250V


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

A REF NO. C621 C626 C626 C627 C627 C628 C628 C629 C631 C632

PART NO. 1-161-830-00 1-161-830-00

1-107-680-91 1-107-726-91 1-136-479-11 1-126-963-11

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

(Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 22UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% FILM 0.001UF 5.00% ELECT 4.7UF 20.00%

REF NO.

20.00%

16V 100V 50V

22UF 2.2UF 2.2UF 0.22UF 470UF

20.00% 20.00%

50V 16V 16V 50V 16V

C906 C907 C908 C909 C910

1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-164-315-11

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

1UF 1UF 1UF 1UF 470PF

10% 10% 10% 10% 5.00%

10V 10V 10V 10V 50V

C911 C912 C913 C914 C915

1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

470PF 470PF 470PF 470PF 470PF

5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00%

50V 50V 50V 50V 50V

C916 C917 C918 C919 C921

1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-127-715-91

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP

470PF 470PF 1UF 1UF 0.22UF

5.00% 5.00% 10% 10% 10%

50V 50V 10V 10V 16V

C922 C928 C929 C930 C956

1-126-964-11 1-164-346-11 1-164-346-11 1-127-715-91 1-126-933-11

ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT

10UF 1UF 1UF 0.22UF 100UF

20.00%

10% 20.00%

50V 16V 16V 16V 16V

C957 C958 C959 C960 C961

1-164-315-11 1-165-908-11 1-164-315-11 1-165-908-11 1-126-957-11

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT

470PF 1UF 470PF 1UF 0.22UF

5.00% 10% 5.00% 10% 20.00%

50V 10V 50V 10V 50V

C962 C975 C5073

1-164-505-11 1-162-964-11 1-106-375-12

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR

2.2UF 0.001UF 0.022UF

10.00% 5.00%

16V 50V 200V

1-161-830-00

CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 22UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 10UF 20.00%

500V

1-126-949-11 1-165-953-11 1-161-830-00

50V 35V 0V 16V

ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT

C639 C639 C646 C646 C647

C652 C653 C654 C654 C655

10.00% 20.00% 10 20.00%

1-126-965-91 1-164-505-11 1-164-505-11 1-126-957-11 1-126-935-11

450V

50V 50V 50V 50V 500V

1-136-497-81 1-104-665-11

CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF ELECT 47UF MYLAR 0.22UF ELECT 100UF (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

C699 C900 C901 C902 C903

500V

CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% ELECT 10UF 20.00% ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

C648 C649 C649 C650 C651

REMARK

1-163-021-91 1-126-947-11 ! 1-165-529-31 1-126-933-11

1-163-275-11 1-126-964-11 1-126-963-11 1-163-009-91 1-161-830-00

1-126-964-11

DESCRIPTION

C692 C696 C697 C698 C698

500V

C633 C635 C636 C637 C638 C638

1-126-965-91

PART NO.

50V 50V

FILM 0.1UF 5.00% ELECT 100UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% CERAMIC 680PF 10.00%

50V 25V

35V 800V 500V

1-126-952-11

ELECT 220UF 20.00% FILM 47000PF 3% CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 1000UF 20.00%

C656 C657 C658 C659 C660

1-125-969-91 1-125-969-91 1-163-021-91 1-125-969-91 1-125-969-91

CERAMIC CERAMIC CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CERAMIC

680PF 680PF 0.01UF 680PF 680PF

10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%

1KV 1KV 50V 1KV 1KV

C661 C662 C663 C666 C667

1-104-330-91 1-126-936-11 1-110-626-11 1-126-943-11 1-128-550-11

CERAMIC ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT

470PF 3300UF 330UF 2200UF 2200UF

10.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00%

1KV 16V 160V 25V 50V

C670 C670 C670 C670 C678

1-126-965-91

50V

1-126-933-11

ELECT 22UF 20.00% (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 1UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 100UF 20.00%

16V

* CN004 * CN010 * CN014 CN100 * CN202

C679 C680 C681 C682 C683

1-125-891-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-971-11

CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT

10V 16V 16V 16V 50V

* CN507 1-564-510-11 * CN600 ! 1-580-843-11 * CN601 1-573-963-11 CN601 * CN602 1-508-786-00

PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) PIN, CONNECTOR (5MM PITCH) 2P

C684 C684 C685 C685 C686

1-161-964-91

CERAMIC 0.0047UF (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CERAMIC 0.0047UF (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 220UF 20.00%

250V

* CN603 CN603 * CN903 CN903 * CN903 CN903

1-691-134-11

PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 2P (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) PIN, CONNECTOR 4P (KV-SW292M61/N60) PIN, CONNECTOR (MCD) 5P (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)

* CN906 * CN907 CT131 CT139 CT139

1-564-508-11 1-564-506-11 1-767-774-22 1-781-526-21

C690 C690 C690 C690 C691 C691

1-125-969-91 1-125-969-91

1-126-960-11

1-161-964-91 1-126-934-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-964-11 1-107-674-91

0.47UF 100UF 100UF 100UF 470UF

10.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00%

ELECT 100UF 20.00% (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 10UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 0.47UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

1KV 1KV

35V

50V

250V 16V 16V 50V 450V

<CONNECTOR>

– 64 –

1-564-510-11 1-564-508-11 1-564-510-11 1-695-915-11 1-564-509-11

1-785-608-11 1-508-735-00

PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P TAB (CONTACT) PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P

PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P TRAP, CERAMIC (Except KV-SW292N60) TRAP, CERAMIC (KV-SW292N60)


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

CT139 CT139

1-767-775-22

TRAP, CERAMIC (Except KV-SW292N60)

<DIODE> D002 D003 D006 D057 D058

8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97

DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1

D059 D060 D061 D062 D064

8-719-081-97 8-719-056-84 8-719-081-97 8-719-036-94 8-719-036-94

DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-7.5B DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1

D065 D066 D068 D071 D072

8-719-036-94 8-719-081-97 8-719-036-94 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97

DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1

D100 D100 D103 D105 D105

8-719-421-40

DIODE MA77 (Except KV-SW292N60) DIODE MTZJ-33B DIODE MMDL914T1 (KV-SW292N60)

8-719-982-26 8-719-081-97

D106 D106 D108 D109 D110

8-719-157-94 8-719-036-94 8-719-036-94 8-719-081-97

DIODE RD3.3SB (KV-SW292N60) DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE MMDL914T1

D111 D200 D201 D202 D203

8-719-081-97 8-719-914-42 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97

DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE DA204K DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1

D204 D205 D212 D213 D356

8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97

DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1

D504 D509 D513 D517 D519

8-719-302-43 8-719-036-94 8-719-075-05 8-719-945-80 8-719-945-80

DIODE EL1Z DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE FR104-A5 DIODE ERC06-15S DIODE ERC06-15S

D521 D522 D523 D527 D528

8-719-302-43 8-719-028-45 8-719-302-43 8-719-075-05 8-719-075-05

DIODE EL1Z DIODE D2L20U DIODE EL1Z DIODE FR104-A5 DIODE FR104-A5

D529 D530 D532 D536 D537

8-719-991-33 8-719-923-60 8-719-081-97 8-719-109-89 8-719-081-97

DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-9.1A DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE RD5.6ESB2 DIODE MMDL914T1

D545 D547 D548 D600 D607

8-719-081-97 8-719-991-33 8-719-991-33 8-719-911-19 8-719-510-53

DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE 1SS119-25 DIODE D4SB60L

A REMARK

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

D613 D613 D614 D614 D617 D617

8-719-911-55

DIODE U05G (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) DIODE U05G (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) DIODE D2SB60A-F04 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

8-719-911-55 8-719-077-76

REMARK

D622 D625 D626 D627 D627

8-719-923-86 8-719-979-64 8-719-923-86 6-500-567-21

DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15 DIODE UF4005/23 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15 DIODE 10ERB20-TB5 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

D629 D631 D632 D632 D633

8-719-082-03 8-719-082-03 8-719-032-12 6-500-567-21

DIODE MM3Z15VT1 DIODE MM3Z15VT1 DIODE D1NS6 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) DIODE 10ERB20-TB5

D635 D637 D640 D644 D647

8-719-050-18 8-719-052-92 8-719-110-47 8-719-081-97 6-500-567-21

DIODE D4SBL20U DIODE D10SBS4F DIODE RD18ESB DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE 10ERB20-TB5

D648 D648 D657 D658 D659 D659

6-500-582-01

DIODE KBP153G-A2 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE UDZS-TE17-12B DIODE U05G (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

D660 D660 D661 D662 D663

8-719-924-11 8-719-923-86 8-719-072-70 8-719-081-97

DIODE MTZJ-T-77-22 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15 DIODE MA2ZD14001S0 DIODE MMDL914T1

D664 D665 D666 D667 D668

8-719-991-33 8-719-083-73 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97

DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE UDZSTE-1736B DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1

D913 D5018

8-719-036-94 8-719-053-32

DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE FMU-G16S

8-719-081-97 8-719-083-82 8-719-911-55

<DY CONNECTOR> * DY1

1-580-798-11

CONNECTOR PIN (DY)

<FERRITE BEAD> FB001 FB002 FB003 FB004 FB100

1-469-981-21 1-469-981-21 1-469-981-21 1-469-981-21 1-414-229-11

FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE

0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH

FB105 FB105 FB600 FB601 FB602

1-400-561-21

FERRITE (KV-SW292N60) FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE

1UH

1-412-911-31 1-412-911-31 1-412-911-31

0UH 0UH 0UH

<FILTER> FL600 FL601

– 65 –

1-469-578-11 1-469-578-11

FERRITE FERRITE

1.1UH 1.1UH

6P


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

A REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

FL602 ! 1-533-597-42 FL603 ! 1-533-597-42 FL604 1-469-579-11

IC LINK IC LINK FERRITE

5A 5A 0.45UH

FL605 FL606 FL607

FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE

0.45UH 0.45UH 0.45UH

1-469-579-11 1-469-579-11 1-469-579-11

<IC> IC001 IC001 IC001 IC001 IC001 IC001

6-706-822-51

IC003 IC200 IC502 IC503 IC602

6-704-004-01 6-706-985-01 8-759-700-07 6-708-394-01 6-705-810-01

IC BR24L16F-WE2 IC AN17808A IC NJM2903M IC STV9325 IC MCZ3001DB

IC603 IC604 IC605 IC606 IC607

6-704-264-01 8-759-701-59 6-707-345-01 6-703-478-01 6-707-344-01

IC EK1135 IC NJM78M09FA IC KIA78D33F IC PQ018EF01SSH IC KIA78R05API

IC610

6-702-987-01

IC BA18BCOWFP-E2

6-706-781-01 6-706-570-21

IC TDA12019H1/N1E7F (KV-SW292N60) IC TDA12027H1/N1E0B (KV-SW292M61) IC TDA12067H1/N1E0B (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)

1-817-850-11

PHONO JACK

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

90V 90V

JR039 JR500 JR502

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP

0 0 0

JR503 JR600 JR603 JR911 JR1081

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP

0 0 0 0 0

JR1100 JR1100 JR1101 JR1101 JR1181

1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-SW292N60) SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-SW292M61/N60) SHORT CHIP 0

JR1186 JR1186 JR1582 JR1681 JR1681

1-216-864-11

JR1683 JR1684 JR1980

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11

1-216-295-91 1-216-864-11

REMARK

SHORT CHIP 0 (Except KV-SW292M61) SHORT CHIP 0 SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP

0 0 0

<COIL>

<JACK> J901

REMARK

9P

<CHIP CONDUCTOR> JR001 JR002 JR003 JR004 JR006

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-295-91

SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP

0 0 0 0 0

JR007 JR008 JR009 JR010 JR013

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP

0 0 0 0 0

JR014 JR018 JR019 JR022 JR024

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP

0 0 0 0 0

JR025 JR026 JR027 JR028 JR029

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP

0 0 0 0 0

JR030 JR032 JR033 JR034 JR035

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP

0 0 0 0 0

JR036 JR038

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11

SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP

0 0

L003 L004 L005 L006 L007

1-414-856-11 1-414-187-11 1-469-525-91 1-414-856-11 1-414-856-11

INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR

10UH 47UH 10UH 10UH 10UH

L008 L009 L010 L011 L012

1-414-856-11 1-414-856-11 1-469-525-91 1-412-058-11 1-469-525-91

INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR

10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH

L013 L031 L032 L033 L035

1-469-525-91 1-469-525-91 1-469-525-91 1-469-525-91 1-469-525-91

INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR

10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH

L036 L037 L038 L039 L040

1-469-525-91 1-469-525-91 1-414-856-11 1-414-158-11 1-414-922-31

INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR

10UH 10UH 10UH 2.2UH 330UH

L100 L101 L101 L101 L101

1-414-857-11 1-414-140-11

INDUCTOR 100UH INDUCTOR 0.68UH (KV-SW292N60) INDUCTOR 1.2UH (Except KV-SW292N60)

L102 L102 L103 L103 L103 L103

1-400-557-21

1-410-498-11

1-410-985-42 1-410-987-42

FERRITE 0.22UH (KV-SW292M61) INDUCTOR 0.22UH (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) INDUCTOR 0.33UH (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

L104 L106 L507 L511 L513

1-414-187-11 1-414-189-31 1-419-633-21 1-406-977-21 1-412-551-31

INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR

L514 L515

1-408-947-00 1-459-104-00

INDUCTOR 2.2MH COIL, WITH CORE

– 66 –

47UH 100UH 10MH 100UH 1.5MH


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

A

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

L518 L600 L690

1-414-187-11 1-412-531-31 1-412-525-31

INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR

47UH 33UH 10UH

L902

1-414-187-11

INDUCTOR

47UH

PHOTO COUPLER ON3171-R

<IC LINK> PS600 PS601 PS602 PS603

! 1-533-597-42 ! 1-533-597-42 ! 1-533-597-42 ! 1-533-597-42

IC LINK IC LINK IC LINK IC LINK

5A 5A 5A 5A

90V 90V 90V 90V

<TRANSISTOR> Q001 Q002 Q015 Q016 Q017

8-729-421-22 8-729-010-05 8-729-421-22 8-729-010-25 8-729-010-25

TRANSISTOR UN2211 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR UN2211 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1

Q018 Q100 Q102 Q103 Q103

8-729-421-22 8-729-010-25 8-729-022-54 6-550-600-01

TRANSISTOR UN2211 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR 2SC3779C,D-AA TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1 (Except KV-SW292N60)

Q104 Q104 Q111 Q111 Q202

6-550-600-01 8-729-010-25 8-729-010-05

TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1 (Except KV-SW292N60) TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 (KV-SW292M61/N60) TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1

Q203 Q505 Q506 Q511 Q512

8-729-010-25 8-729-931-45 6-551-129-01 6-550-845-01 8-729-120-28

TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR IRF614 TRANSISTOR 2SK3462 TRANSISTOR TT2142 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

Q513 Q515 Q516 Q600 Q607

8-729-010-05 8-729-010-25 8-729-200-17 8-729-010-25 6-551-302-11

TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR 2SA1091-O TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR 2SK3561

Q608 Q609 Q612 Q613 Q614

6-551-302-11 8-729-016-42 8-729-010-25 8-729-010-05 8-729-421-22

TRANSISTOR 2SK3561 TRANSISTOR KTC3199GR-TP TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR UN2211

Q617 Q617 Q618 Q900 Q901

8-729-010-05

TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1

Q902 Q6601 Q6601 Q6602 Q6602

6-550-600-01 8-729-010-05

Q6603 Q6603

8-729-010-05

8-729-010-05 8-729-010-05 6-550-600-01

8-729-010-25

TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 (KV-SW292M80) TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 (KV-SW292M80) TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 (KV-SW292M80)

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

Q6604 Q6604

8-729-010-25

TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 (KV-SW292M80)

<RESISTOR>

<PHOTO COUPLER> PH601 ! 8-749-924-35

REF NO.

R001 R002 R003 R004 R005

1-216-829-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

4.7K 100 4.7K 100 1K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R006 R007 R010 R011 R012

1-216-809-11 1-216-842-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-825-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100 56K 10K 100 2.2K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R014 R015 R024 R025 R026

1-216-809-11 1-218-851-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100 1.5K 100 100 100

5% 0.50% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R029 R030 R038 R039 R041

1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100 100 100 100 100

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R042 R044 R045 R046 R048

1-216-825-11 1-216-834-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

2.2K 12K 100 100 100

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R051 R056 R058 R060 R061

1-218-885-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-819-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

39K 1K 0 100 680

0.50% 5%

1/10W 1/10W

5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W

R088 R088 R088 R088 R089

1-216-816-11

5%

1/10W

5%

1/10W

1-216-815-11

METAL CHIP 390 (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 1.5K (Except KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 330

5%

1/10W

R095 R096 R097 R099 R100

1-216-864-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-821-11

SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R103 R106 R107 R107 R107 R107

1-211-981-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-827-11

METAL CHIP 33 METAL CHIP 4.7K METAL CHIP 3.3K (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 3.9K (Except KV-SW292N60)

0.50% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

5%

1/10W

R108 R108 R108 R108 R109 R109

1-216-820-11

METAL CHIP 820 (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 1K (Except KV-SW292N60) RES-CHIP 68 (KV-SW292N60)

5%

1/10W

5%

1/10W

5%

1/10W

R109 R109 R110 R110

1-216-019-00

5%

1/10W

5%

1/10W

– 67 –

1-216-823-11

1-216-828-11

1-216-821-11 1-216-021-00

1-216-821-11

0 220 220 220 1K

RES-CHIP 56 (Except KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 1K (Except KV-SW292N60)


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

A REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

R111 R111

1-216-833-11

METAL CHIP 10K (Except KV-SW292N60)

5%

1/10W

R112 R112 R113 R113 R113 R113

1-218-867-11

METAL CHIP 6.8K (Except KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 220 (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 2.2K (Except KV-SW292N60)

0.50%

1/10W

5%

1/10W

5%

1/10W

R114 R114 R115 R116 R118

1-216-825-11

METAL CHIP 2.2K (Except KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 100 METAL CHIP 100 METAL CHIP 100

5%

1/10W

5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R119 R121 R128 R128 R131 R131

1-211-981-11 1-215-925-11 1-216-864-11

R146 R146 R148 R148 R149 R149

1-216-813-11

1-216-813-11 1-216-825-11

1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11

1-216-809-11

1-211-969-11 1-218-839-11

METAL CHIP 33 0.50% METAL OXIDE 22K 5% SHORT CHIP 0 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) METAL CHIP 100 5% (Except KV-SW292N60)

1/10W 3W

METAL CHIP 220 (KV-SW292M61/N60) METAL CHIP 10 (KV-SW292M61/N60) METAL CHIP 470 (KV-SW292N60)

5%

1/10W

0.50%

1/10W

0.50%

1/10W

R149 R149 R150 R150 R153 R153

1-216-864-11

R154 R155 R200 R201 R202

1-216-821-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-832-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-830-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

R203 R204 R205 R207 R208

1-216-832-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-830-11 1-218-867-11 1-218-867-11

R210 R211 R212 R217 R218

1-216-821-11

SHORT CHIP 0 (Except KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 1K (KV-SW292M61/N60) METAL CHIP 470 (KV-SW292M61/N60)

1/10W

5%

1/10W

0.50%

1/10W

1K 22K 8.2K 3.3K 5.6K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

8.2K 3.3K 5.6K 6.8K 6.8K

5% 5% 5% 0.50% 0.50%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

1-216-835-11 1-216-835-11 1-216-864-11 1-249-411-11 1-216-864-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP CARBON SHORT CHIP

15K 15K 0 330 0

5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W

5%

1/4W

R219 R220 R221 R229 R230

1-249-411-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-839-11 1-216-833-11

CARBON SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

330 0 1K 33K 10K

5%

1/4W

5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R234 R235 R236 R237 R238

1-249-401-11 1-249-401-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11

CARBON CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

47 47 10K 100 100

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R240 R241 R242 R300 R300

1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-821-11

METAL CHIP 2.2K METAL CHIP 2.2K METAL CHIP 22K METAL CHIP 1K (KV-SW292M50/M80)

5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10

1-218-839-11

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

R301 R303 R304 R305 R306

1-216-861-11 1-216-857-11 1-216-855-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-849-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP

2.2M 1M 680K 0 1.2K

5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

0.50%

1/10W

R309 R310 R311 R312 R313

1-216-857-11 1-216-818-11 1-216-841-11 1-216-846-11 1-216-846-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

1M 560 47K 120K 120K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R314 R315 R316 R317 R322

1-218-863-11 1-218-863-11 1-218-867-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-864-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP

4.7K 4.7K 6.8K 2.2K 0

0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R323 R336 R337 R338 R339

1-216-809-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100 10K 470 4.7K 100

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R340 R341 R355 R360 R361

1-216-833-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-837-11 1-218-877-11 1-216-830-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

10K 100 22K 18K 5.6K

5% 5% 5% 0.50% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R363 R364 R379 R380 R381

1-218-859-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-829-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

3.3K 470 100 100 4.7K

0.50% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R382 R383 R383 R387 R388

1-216-829-11 1-216-864-11

5%

1/10W

1-216-809-11 1-216-843-11

METAL CHIP 4.7K SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-SW292M61/N60) METAL CHIP 100 METAL CHIP 68K

5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W

R389 R390 R392 R395 R397

1-216-809-11 1-216-857-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-845-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100 1M 100 4.7K 100K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R399 R500 R505 R506 R507

1-216-829-11 1-216-821-11 1-218-895-11 1-218-879-11 1-249-389-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP CARBON

4.7K 1K 100K 22K 4.7

5% 5% 0.50% 0.50% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W

R508 R509 R509 R509 R509

1-216-471-71 1-243-537-71

METAL OXIDE 27 5% METAL OXIDE 330 5% (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) METAL OXIDE 100 5% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

3W 3W

R510 R511 R515 R519 R520

1-243-527-71 1-243-525-71 1-243-531-71 1-243-535-71 1-218-867-11

METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE METAL CHIP

47 33 100 220 6.8K

5% 5% 5% 5% 0.50%

3W 3W 3W 3W 1/10W

R522 R525 R526 R533 R534

1-218-867-11 1-245-478-21 1-218-863-11 1-249-417-11 1-216-864-11

METAL CHIP METAL METAL CHIP CARBON SHORT CHIP

6.8K 470K 4.7K 1K 0

0.50% 1% 0.50% 5%

1/10W 1/4W 1/10W 1/4W

R535 R542

1-216-809-11 1-216-833-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100 10K

5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W

– 68 –

1-243-531-71

REMARK

3W


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

A

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

R543 R546 R549

1-216-437-00 1-216-864-11 1-215-449-00

METAL OXIDE SHORT CHIP METAL

5.6K 0 15K

5%

1W

1%

R550 R551 R552 R553 R554

1-216-864-11 1-215-447-00 1-216-825-11 1-215-449-00 1-215-449-00

SHORT CHIP METAL METAL CHIP METAL METAL

0 12K 2.2K 15K 15K

R555 R556 R560 R562 R565

1-215-873-00 1-218-859-11 1-216-833-11 1-249-401-11 1-216-836-11

METAL OXIDE METAL CHIP METAL CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP

R567 R568 R570 R571 R573

1-216-849-11 1-249-383-11 1-218-867-11 1-218-863-11 1-216-838-11

R577 R578 R579 R580 R581

REMARK

1/4W

R678 R679 R681

1-249-421-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11

CARBON SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP

2.2K 0 10K

1% 5% 1% 1%

1/4W 1/10W 1/4W 1/4W

R687 R690 R694 R695 R696

1-216-825-11 1-249-417-11 1-208-826-11 1-208-812-11 1-216-864-11

METAL CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP

4.7K 3.3K 10K 47 18K

5% 0.50% 5% 5% 5%

1W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W 1/10W

R698 R699 R900 R901 R902

1-216-073-91 1-216-842-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11

METAL CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

220K 1.5 6.8K 4.7K 27K

5% 5% 0.50% 0.50% 5%

1/10W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R903 R904 R905 R906 R907

1-215-888-00 1-216-369-00 1-215-916-71 1-218-861-11 1-218-871-11

METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

220 1 680 3.9K 10K

5% 5% 5% 0.50% 0.50%

2W 2W 3W 1/10W 1/10W

R582 R585 R587 R590 R591

1-218-915-11 1-249-385-11 1-216-864-11 1-245-470-21 1-260-288-11

METAL CHIP CARBON SHORT CHIP METAL CARBON

680K 2.2 0 220K 0.47

0.50% 5%

1/10W 1/4W

1% 5%

R593 R594 R596 R597 R599

1-260-288-11 1-260-288-11 1-215-916-71 1-247-750-11 1-216-838-11

CARBON CARBON METAL OXIDE CARBON METAL CHIP

0.47 0.47 680 680 27K

R601 R607 R607 R607 R607

1-216-829-11 1-216-864-11

R613 R622 R638 R638 R639 R639

! 1-240-917-91 1-240-303-31 1-260-131-11

R642 R651 R652 R653 R654

5%

1/4W

5%

1/10W

2.2K 1K 68K 18K 0

5% 5% 0.50% 0.50%

1/10W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W

RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

10K 56K 100 100 1K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-840-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-840-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100 1K 39K 470 39K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R908 R909 R910 R912 R913

1-216-840-11 1-216-840-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-853-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

39K 39K 470 100 470K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

1/4W 1/2W

R914 R915 R916 R917 R919

1-216-853-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

470K 220K 220K 68 100

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/2W 1/2W 3W 1/2W 1/10W

R920 R921 R922 R923 R924

1-216-849-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-853-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

220K 220K 100 100 470K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

1/10W

R925 R928 R929 R930 R931

1-216-809-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-807-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100 68 68 68 68

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

METAL 8.2M 5% CEMENTED 0.22 5% CARBON 470K 5% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CARBON 470K 5% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

1W 10W 1/2W

R940 R941 R942 R945 R946

1-216-849-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-840-11 1-216-840-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

220K 220K 68 39K 39K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

1-242-949-11 1-208-774-11 1-218-873-11 1-208-758-11 1-208-805-11

FUSIBLE METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

1W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R948 R949 R950 R952 R953

1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-840-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100 100 100 220K 39K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R660 R661 R662 R664 R665 R665

1-216-295-91 1-218-760-11 1-216-639-11 1-208-840-11 1-249-389-11

SHORT CHIP 0 METAL CHIP 220K 0.50% METAL CHIP 330 0.50% METAL CHIP 270K 0.50% CARBON 4.7 5% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W

R954 R955 R957 R972 R973

1-216-849-11 1-216-840-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

220K 39K 68 100 100

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

CARBON CARBON METAL CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP

1K 10 10K 10 10K

5% 5% 0.50% 5% 0.50%

1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 1/4W 1/10W

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP

100 100 0 4.7 22K

1/10W 1/10W

1-249-417-11 1-249-393-11 1-208-806-11 1-249-393-11 1-208-806-11

1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-249-389-11 1-216-837-11

5% 5%

R669 R670 R672 R673 R675

R974 R975 R992 R2644 R5000

5% 5%

1/4W 1/10W

R676 R677

1-217-611-00 1-249-418-11

METAL CARBON

0.1 1.2K

10% 5%

2W 1/4W

R5001 R5002 R5003

1-216-841-11 1-216-833-11 1-218-863-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

47K 10K 4.7K

5% 5% 0.50%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

1-216-825-11

1-260-131-11

0.1 470 12K 100 9.1K

10% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50%

1/10W

1/2W

– 69 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

A REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

R5005 R5006

1-216-809-11 1-216-829-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100 4.7K

5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W

R5008 R5009 R5010 R5011 R5012

1-216-845-11 1-216-853-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-828-11 1-216-835-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

100K 470K 10K 3.9K 15K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R5013 R5014 R5015 R5016 R5020

1-216-861-11 1-216-861-11 1-208-830-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-389-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL OXIDE

2.2M 2.2M 100K 10K 1

5% 5% 0.50% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 3W

R5021 R5022 R5023 R5024 R5025

1-216-655-11 1-245-472-21 1-247-891-00 1-216-845-11 1-216-829-11

METAL CHIP METAL CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

1.5K 270K 330K 100K 4.7K

0.50% 1% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W

R5026 R5027 R5028 R5029 R5031

1-245-471-21 1-245-466-21 1-218-859-11 1-243-531-71 1-215-447-00

METAL METAL METAL CHIP METAL OXIDE METAL

240K 150K 3.3K 100 12K

1% 1% 0.50% 5% 1%

1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 3W 1/4W

R5032 R5033 R5034 R5036 R5050

1-215-916-71 1-216-809-11 1-216-853-11 1-215-449-00 1-216-864-11

METAL OXIDE METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL SHORT CHIP

680 100 470K 15K 0

5% 5% 5% 1%

3W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W

R6000 R6000 R6001 R6001 R6004 R6004

1-216-829-11

METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) CARBON (KV-SW292N60)

4.7K

5%

1/10W

1K

5%

1/10W

4.7

5%

1/2W

R6005 R6005 R6007 R6007 R6008 R6008

1-260-300-11

CARBON (KV-SW292N60) SHORT CHIP (KV-SW292N60) CARBON (KV-SW292N60)

4.7

5%

1/2W

10

5%

1/4W

4.7

5%

1/10W

22

5%

2W

68K

0.50%

1/10W

0.68

5%

10W

0.68

5%

10W

1M

5%

1/4W

CARBON (KV-SW292N60) METAL (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60)

1M

5%

1/4W

0.68

10%

5W

15K

5%

1/10W

METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60)

47K

5%

1/10W

10K

5%

1/10W

15K

5%

1/10W

R6009 R6009 R6012 R6012 R6013 R6013 R6014 R6014 R6015 R6015 R6016 R6016 R6019 R6019 R6020 R6020 R6022 R6022 R6023 R6023 R6024 R6024 R6025 R6025

1-216-821-11 1-260-300-11

1-216-864-11 1-249-393-11

1-216-793-11 1-215-882-00 1-208-826-11

1-240-262-11 1-240-262-11 1-247-903-00

1-247-903-00 1-217-159-00 1-216-835-11

1-216-841-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-835-11

METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL OXIDE (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) CEMENTED (KV-SW292N60) CEMENTED (KV-SW292N60) CARBON (KV-SW292N60)

REMARK

REF NO. R6026 R6026 R6027 R6027 R6028 R6028 R6029 R6029

PART NO. 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-208-840-11

1-218-760-11

DESCRIPTION METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60)

REMARK 10K

5%

1/10W

10K

5%

1/10W

270K

0.50%

1/10W

220K

0.50%

1/10W

<RELAY> RY600 ! 1-755-198-12 RY601 ! 1-755-395-11 RY601 RY602 ! 1-755-395-11

RELAY, AC POWER RELAY (AC POWER) (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) RELAY (AC POWER)

<SWITCH> S501 S502 SWF100 SWF100 SWF100 SWF100

1-572-707-11 1-572-707-11 1-795-890-11 1-781-042-11 1-781-040-11

SWITCH, LEVER SWITCH, LEVER SAW FILTER (KV-SW292N60) FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (K082) (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60)

SWF101 SWF101 SWF101 SWF101

1-813-391-11

FILTER,SURFACE WAVE (41.25MHZ) (KV-SW292N60) FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60)

1-767-302-11

<TRANSFORMER> T501 T503 T504 T505 T601

! 1-437-195-51 ! 1-453-297-41 1-433-850-11 1-426-981-71 ! 1-443-069-11

TRANSFORMER, HORIZONTAL DRIVE TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK (NX-4009//M3I4) TRANSFORMER, HORIZONTAL LINEAR TRANSFORMER, FERRITE (PMT) CONVERTER TRANSFORMER (PIT)

T605 T605

! 1-437-851-11

TRANSFORMER ASSY, POWER (HST) (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

0

<THERMISTOR> TH600 ! 1-805-808-11 TH601 1-803-586-11 TH601 TP02 1-536-354-00 TP03 1-536-354-00

THERMISTOR, PTC THERMISTOR, NTC (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) POST PIN POST PIN

TP04 TP101 TP502 TP602 TP603

1-536-354-00 1-536-354-00 1-536-354-00 1-536-354-00 1-536-354-00

POST PIN POST PIN (KV-SW292M61/N60) POST PIN POST PIN POST PIN

TP604 TP605

1-536-354-00 1-536-354-00

POST PIN POST PIN

<TUNER> TU101 TU101 TU102

– 70 –

1-693-659-11 8-597-962-00 8-598-620-20

TUNER (KV-SW292M61) TUNER, FSS BTP-AG411 (Except KV-SW292M61/N60) TUNER, FSS BTP-AA402 (KV-SW292N60)


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

REF NO.

PART NO.

A C

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

REF NO.

<VARISTOR> VD600 VD601 VD602 VD602

1-804-993-11 1-804-995-11 1-803-614-11

D783 D784 D1803 D1808

VARISTOR (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) VARISTOR VARISTOR ENE471D-20A (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))

PART NO. 8-719-991-33 8-719-991-33 8-719-911-19 8-719-908-03

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE 1SS119-25 DIODE GP08D

<IC> <CRYSTAL> X001

1-813-311-21

IC751 IC1801

6-703-482-01 6-706-557-01

IC TDA6108AJF/N1 IC AN15530A

QUARTS CRYSTAL UNIT <JACK>

*************************************************************************************

J751

! 1-451-544-21

* A-1123-549-A MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (KV-SW292M61/N60) * A-1129-411-A MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (KV-SW292M50/M80) *********************** 1-900-262-86 4-382-854-01 7-685-646-79 *A707

4-042-408-02

LEAD ASSY, FOCUS SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+) (KV-SW292M61/N60) SCREW +BVTP 3X8 TYPE2 IT-3 (KV-SW292M50/M80) PIN(45), WIRE (KV-SW292M50/M80)

SOCKET, CRT

<COIL> L750 L751 L752 L753 L754

1-414-856-11 1-412-539-11 1-414-938-21 1-414-938-21 1-414-938-21

INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR

10UH 150UH 47UH 47UH 47UH

<TRANSISTOR> <CAPACITOR> C751 C752 C753 C754 C756

1-107-652-11 1-115-350-51 1-136-189-00 1-107-651-11 1-126-965-91

ELECT CERAMIC MYLAR ELECT ELECT

10UF 0.0047UF 0.1UF 4.7UF 22UF

20.00% 10.00% 20.00% 20.00%

250V 2KV 250V 250V 50V

C781 C783 C784 C786 C787

1-107-651-11 1-102-074-00 1-102-074-00 1-115-350-51 1-115-350-51

ELECT CERAMIC CERAMIC CERAMIC CERAMIC

4.7UF 20.00% 0.001UF 10.00% 0.001UF 10.00% 0.0047UF 0.0047UF

250V 50V 50V 2KV 2KV

C788 C789 C790 C1800 C1803

1-162-925-11 1-162-925-11 1-162-925-11 1-107-701-11 1-104-665-11

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT

68PF 68PF 68PF 47UF 100UF

5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 20% 20.00%

50V 50V 50V 25V 25V

C1804 C1809

1-126-964-11 1-126-942-61

ELECT ELECT

10UF 1000UF

20.00% 20.00%

50V 25V

Q1800 Q1801 Q1802 Q1804

8-729-119-76 8-729-010-25 8-729-010-25 8-729-016-42

TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR KTC3199GR-TP

<RESISTOR>

<CONNECTOR> * CN701 CN702 CN703 CN704 CN705

1-564-510-11 1-695-915-11 1-691-765-11 1-695-915-11 1-695-915-11

PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P TAB (CONTACT) PLUG (MICRO CONNECTOR) 3P TAB (CONTACT) TAB (CONTACT)

CN706 CN707 * CN1801 * CN1802

1-695-915-11 1-695-915-11 1-564-510-11 1-564-506-11

TAB (CONTACT) TAB (CONTACT) PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P

R752 R753 R754 R756 R757

1-249-415-11 1-249-415-11 1-249-415-11 1-219-746-11 1-219-746-11

CARBON CARBON CARBON METAL METAL

680 680 680 1K 1K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/2W 1/2W

R758 R760 R763 R764 R765

1-219-746-11 1-260-123-11 1-260-087-11 1-260-087-11 1-260-087-11

METAL CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON

1K 100K 100 100 100

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/2W 1/2W 1/2W 1/2W 1/2W

R773 R774 R780 R781 R794

1-260-132-11 1-215-912-11 1-260-131-11 1-243-509-71 1-249-381-11

CARBON METAL OXIDE CARBON METAL OXIDE CARBON

560K 150 470K 1.5 1

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/2W 3W 1/2W 3W 1/4W

R795 R1800 R1802 R1803 R1805

1-260-087-11 1-249-417-11 1-249-382-11 1-249-382-11 1-216-821-11

CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON METAL CHIP

100 1K 1.2 1.2 1K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/2W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/10W

R1806 R1808 R1809 R1810 R1813

1-216-829-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-825-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

4.7K 4.7K 10K 10K 2.2K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R1814 R1815 R1816 R1827 R1828

1-216-825-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

2.2K 220K 10K 10K 10K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R1830

1-216-815-11

METAL CHIP

330

5%

1/10W

<DIODE> D750 D754 D755 D756 D782

8-719-908-03 8-719-970-83 8-719-970-83 8-719-970-83 8-719-109-89

DIODE GP08D DIODE HSS82-TJ DIODE HSS82-TJ DIODE HSS82-TJ DIODE RD5.6ESB2

– 71 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

C F1 F2 REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

<VARIABLE RESISTOR> RV750 RV1800

1-241-656-21 1-238-019-11

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

C6607 C6609

1-162-927-11 1-126-966-11

CERAMIC CHIP ELECT

REMARK 100PF 33UF

5.00% 20.00%

50V 50V

RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M RES, ADJ, CARBON 47K <CONNECTOR> <SPARK GAP>

SG700 SG701

1-519-421-11 1-519-421-11

CN6601 ! 1-819-457-11 CN6602 1-819-456-11 CN6603 1-819-458-11

GAP, DISCHARGE GAP, DISCHARGE

CONNECTOR PIN (FOR PCB) 4P CONNECTOR PIN (FOR PCB) 4P CONNECTOR PIN (FOR PCB) 5P <DIODE>

*********************************************************************** * A-1134-410-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1134-635-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 (KV-SW292M50/M80) ************************

<CAPACITOR> C654 ! 1-117-703-51 C4601 ! 1-165-530-31

CERAMIC MYLAR

0.0047UF 99% 0.47UF 10

! 1-576-334-12

DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1

D6606 D6607 D6608 D6609 D6610

8-719-081-97 6-500-029-01 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97

DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MM3Z12VST1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1

<IC> IC6601 IC6604

6-708-427-01 8-759-085-67

PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) TAB (CONTACT)

FUSE

5A

JR6601 JR6602 JR6603 JR6604

250V

1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11

1-533-223-11 1-533-223-11

FUSE HOLDER FUSE HOLDER

0A 0A

PH6602 ! 6-600-187-11 PH6603 ! 6-600-187-11

0V 0V

METAL CEMENTED CEMENTED

820K 0.22 0.22

5% 5% 5%

0.5W 10W 10W

Q6601 Q6602 Q6603 Q6604

8-729-010-05 8-729-010-25 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-25

<TRANSFORMER> T4602

! 1-435-214-11

TRANSFORMER, LINE FILTER

* A-1129-410-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (KV-SW292M50(India)/M80) * A-1123-558-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) ******************

<CAPACITOR> 1-162-927-11 1-162-970-11 1-162-927-11 1-162-927-11 1-126-961-11

CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT

PHOTO COUPLER PC123Y22FZ0F PHOTO COUPLER PC123Y22FZ0F

TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1

<RESISTOR>

***********************************************************************

C6602 C6603 C6604 C6605 C6606

0 0 0 0

<TRANSISTOR>

<RESISTOR> R4601 ! 1-243-994-91 R4602 1-240-303-31 R4603 1-240-303-31

SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP

<PHOTO COUPLER>

<FUSE HOLDER> FH001 FH002

IC KIA431AF IC LM339NS

<CHIP CONDUCTOR>

<FUSE> F4601

8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97

250V 0V

<CONNECTOR> * CN4601 ! 1-580-843-11 CN4602 ! 1-794-577-21 CN4603 1-695-915-11

D6601 D6602 D6603 D6604 D6605

100PF 0.01UF 100PF 100PF 2.2UF

5.00% 10.00% 5.00% 5.00% 20.00%

50V 25V 50V 50V 50V

R6601 R6602 R6603 R6604 R6605

1-218-871-11 1-218-871-11 1-218-863-11 1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

10K 10K 4.7K 510K 510K

0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R6606 R6607 R6608 R6609 R6610

1-208-847-11 1-218-889-11 1-218-889-11 1-218-895-11 1-208-847-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

510K 56K 56K 100K 510K

0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R6611 R6612 R6613 R6614 R6615

1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11 1-208-832-11 1-208-827-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

510K 510K 510K 120K 75K

0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

– 72 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

REF NO.

PART NO.

F2 H4 H7

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

REF NO.

R6616 R6617 R6618 R6619 R6620

1-218-889-11 1-216-853-11 1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

56K 470K 510K 510K 510K

0.50% 5% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R6621 R6622 R6623 R6624 R6625

1-208-832-11 1-208-827-11 1-216-853-11 1-216-855-11 1-218-889-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

120K 75K 470K 680K 56K

0.50% 0.50% 5% 5% 0.50%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R6626 R6627 R6628 R6629 R6630

1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11 1-218-887-11 1-218-887-11 1-216-840-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

510K 510K 47K 47K 39K

0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R6631 R6632 R6633 R6634 R6635

1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-837-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

10K 10K 4.7K 22K 22K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R6636 R6637 R6638 R6639 R6640

1-216-829-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-828-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

4.7K 4.7K 3.9K 10K 10K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W

R6641 R6642

1-216-833-11 1-216-821-11

METAL CHIP METAL CHIP

10K 1K

5% 5%

1/10W 1/10W

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

<SWITCH> S1650

! 1-786-649-12

SWITCH, AC POWER PUSH

*********************************************************************** * A-1123-553-A MOUNTED PWB, H7 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1129-415-A MOUNTED PWB, H7 (KV-SW292M50/M80) ******************

<CAPACITOR> C3900 C3902 C3910 C3911

1-137-150-11 1-137-150-11 1-126-947-11 1-126-947-11

FILM FILM ELECT ELECT

0.01UF 0.01UF 47UF 47UF

5.00% 5.00% 20.00% 20.00%

100V 100V 35V 35V

<CONNECTOR> * CN3901 * CN3903 * CN3905 * CN3907 * CN3908

1-564-507-11 1-564-509-11 1-564-510-11 1-564-508-11 1-564-508-11

PLUG, CONNECTOR 4P PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P

<DIODE> D3908 D3912 D3913

8-719-109-89 8-719-991-33 8-719-991-33

DIODE RD5.6ESB2 DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE 1SS133T-77

*********************************************************************** * A-1123-552-A MOUNTED PWB, H4 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1129-414-A MOUNTED PWB, H4 (KV-SW292M50/M80) ******************* * A1900 * A1900

4-055-304-01 4-055-304-11

<JACK> J3903 J3904

1-770-329-13 1-770-786-22

JACK, PIN 3P JACK

HOLDER, LED (KV-SW292M61/N60) HOLDER, LED (KV-SW292M50/M80) <CHIP CONDUCTOR> <CAPACITOR>

C1900 C1901

1-102-114-00 1-102-114-00

CERAMIC CERAMIC

JR3901 470PF 470PF

<CONNECTOR> * CN1651 ! 1-580-844-11 * CN1652 ! 1-580-844-11 * CN1900 1-564-508-11

PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P

10.00% 10.00%

1-216-864-11

50V 50V

SHORT CHIP

0

<COIL> L3901 L3902

1-414-183-41 1-414-183-41

INDUCTOR INDUCTOR

10UH 10UH

<TRANSISTOR> Q3901 Q3902

8-729-036-80 8-729-036-80

TRANSISTOR KRC110M TRANSISTOR KRC110M

<DIODE> D1900 D1901 D1902 D1903

8-719-109-89 8-719-109-89 8-719-991-33 8-719-083-18

DIODE RD5.6ESB2 DIODE RD5.6ESB2 DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE SPB-25MVWF

<IC> IC1900

6-704-532-01

IC RPM7240-H5

<RESISTOR> R3907 R3908 R3909 R3910 R3911

1-249-417-11 1-249-413-11 1-249-411-11 1-249-409-11 1-249-409-11

CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON

1K 470 330 220 220

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W

R3912 R3914 R3915 R3916 R3920

1-249-407-11 1-249-409-11 1-249-419-11 1-249-401-11 1-249-415-11

CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON

150 220 1.5K 47 680

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W

– 73 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

H7 J3 VM REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

<SWITCH> S3902 S3903 S3904 S3905 S3907

1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21

SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE

S3908 S3909

1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21

SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

D5903 D5904 D5905

8-719-911-19 8-719-110-86 8-719-911-19

DIODE 1SS119-25 DIODE RD39ESB DIODE 1SS119-25

REMARK

<FERRITE BEAD> FB5900

1-412-911-11

FERRITE

0UH

<COIL> L5901

1-414-187-11

INDUCTOR

47UH

*********************************************************************** * A-1129-417-A MOUNTED PWB, J3 (KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1123-555-A MOUNTED PWB, J3 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) ******************

<CONNECTOR> * CN2410

1-564-523-11

1-817-895-11

Q5901 Q5902 Q5903 Q5904 Q5905

8-729-230-45 8-729-809-26 8-729-230-45 8-729-119-76 8-729-230-45

TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR TRANSISTOR 2SA1606-E TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR

Q5906 Q5912 Q5913 Q5914

8-729-809-29 8-729-230-45 8-729-119-76 8-729-230-45

TRANSISTOR 2SC4159-E TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR

PLUG, CONNECTOR 8P

<JACK> J2410

<TRANSISTOR>

JACK BLOCK, PIN <RESISTOR>

*********************************************************************** * A-1129-419-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1123-557-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) ******************* 4-382-854-01

SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)

<CAPACITOR> C5902 C5903 C5905 C5906 C5907

1-104-661-91 1-161-830-00 1-107-648-91 1-130-491-00 1-107-638-11

ELECT CERAMIC ELECT MYLAR ELECT

330UF 0.0047UF 100UF 0.047UF 33UF

20.00% 20.00% 5.00% 20.00%

16V 500V 200V 50V 160V

C5908 C5909 C5910 C5911 C5912

1-106-383-00 1-126-933-11 1-130-471-00 1-107-949-11 1-104-999-11

MYLAR ELECT MYLAR ELECT MYLAR

0.047UF 100UF 0.001UF 2.2UF 0.1UF

10.00% 20.00% 5.00% 20% 5.00%

200V 16V 50V 200V 200V

C5913 C5914 C5916 C5917 C5918

1-130-471-00 1-126-933-11 1-137-374-11 1-126-925-91 1-102-244-00

MYLAR ELECT MYLAR ELECT CERAMIC

0.001UF 100UF 0.047UF 470UF 220PF

5.00% 20.00% 5.00% 20.00% 10.00%

50V 16V 50V 10V 500V

C5923

1-136-497-81

FILM

0.1UF

5.00%

50V

<CONNECTOR> * CN5901 * CN5904

1-564-509-11 1-770-747-11

PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 12P

R5900 R5902 R5903 R5904 R5905

1-249-401-11 1-249-414-11 1-247-734-11 1-249-411-11 1-249-417-11

CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON

47 560 39 330 1K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W 1/2W 1/4W 1/4W

R5906 R5907 R5908 R5909 R5910

1-249-417-11 1-249-417-11 1-249-383-11 1-249-409-11 1-249-403-11

CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON

1K 1K 1.5 220 68

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W

R5911 R5912 R5914 R5915 R5916

1-249-439-11 1-249-437-11 1-249-404-00 1-249-429-11 1-249-419-11

CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON

68K 47K 82 10K 1.5K

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W

R5917 R5918 R5919 R5920 R5921

1-249-416-11 1-249-429-11 1-249-417-11 1-249-439-11 1-216-476-11

CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON METAL OXIDE

820 10K 1K 68K 180

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 3W

R5922 R5923 R5925 R5929 R5936

1-249-414-11 1-249-383-11 1-249-400-11 1-215-880-00 1-249-406-11

CARBON CARBON CARBON METAL OXIDE CARBON

560 1.5 39 10 120

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 2W 1/4W

R5937 R5947 R5948 R5949 R5950

1-249-406-11 1-249-437-11 1-249-437-11 1-249-409-11 1-249-411-11

CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON

120 47K 47K 220 330

5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W

R5951 R5952

1-249-412-11 1-249-413-11

CARBON CARBON

390 470

5% 5%

1/4W 1/4W

<DIODE> D5901 D5902

8-719-911-19 8-719-110-86

DIODE 1SS119-25 DIODE RD39ESB

***********************************************************************

– 74 –


KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

REF NO.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

REMARK

<ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS> **************************************** * 2-067-511-01 * 2-631-264-01 2-636-431-11 2-639-391-11 2-645-536-11

CUSHION, UPPER CUSHION, LOWER MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292M50(India)/M80) MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292M61)

2-635-887-11 * 2-632-281-01 * 2-636-375-01 3-701-910-00 4-392-004-11

MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292N60) INDIVIDUAL CARTON (KV-SW292M61/N60) INDIVIDUAL CARTON (Except KV-SW292M61/N60) SCREW, SPECIAL (DIA. 3.8X20) CLIP (KV-SW292M61/N60)

4-059-705-01 4-392-003-21 4-392-003-11 * 4-029-168-01 * 4-029-168-21

CLIP (Except KV-SW292M61/N60) BAND, HOLDING (KV-SW292M50/M80) BAND, HOLD (KV-SW292M61/N60) BAG, PROTECTION (KV-SW292M61/N60) BAG, PROTECTION (Except KV-SW292M61/M80)

*********************************************************************** <REMOTE COMMANDER> *********************** 1-479-379-11 4-084-290-01

REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-GA002) REMOTE COMMANDER BATTERY COVER

Sony Corporation 9-872-834-02

Sony EMCS Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. Visual Products

– 75 –

English

 2005.7


2-636-431-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV GB

Operating Instructions • Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future reference.

KV-SW342 KV-SW292 KV-SW252

M80 M50

© 2005 Sony Corporation

01GB01COV-SOEMME.p65

1 Black

5/31/05, 10:06 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


WARNING • Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV. • TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC. • Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna and other terminals to ground. • To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch any part of the TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during lightning storms.

For children’s safety, do not leave children alone with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.

To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.

Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.

Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object falls into it. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel only.

Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the bottom area of the TV.

Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a bookcase or built-in cabinet.

Your TV is recommended for home use only. Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or vibrations.

Do not plug in too many appliances to the same power socket. Do not damage the power cord.

Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the TV as high voltages and other hazards are present inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the TV to qualified personnel.

Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.

Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned off, it is still connected to the AC power source (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in. Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not going to use it for several days.

2

01GB02WAR-SOEMME.p65

2 Black

5/31/05, 10:06 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


Table of Contents Installation

Menu Adjustment

Securing the TV .................................... 4 Getting Started ..................................... 5 Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6

Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator ............................................. 12 “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 13 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 14 Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 15

Overview of Controls TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 Using the remote control and basic functions ...................................... 9

Changing the “Channel Setup” setting .................................................. 16 Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 18

GB Additional Information

Advanced Operations Selecting the picture and sound modes .................................................. 11

Connecting optional components ... 19 Troubleshooting ................................. 21 Specifications ...................... Back cover

3

01GB03TOC-SOEMME.p65

3 Black

5/31/05, 10:06 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


Installation

x Securing the TV To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to secure the TV. 20 mm 3.8 mm screws

clamps

band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or (1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps. (2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and the other clamp to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or (1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to the provided holders at the rear of your TV. (2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain to a wall or pillar using an attachment which can support the TV set weight.

Note • Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

4

Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65

4 Black

5/31/05, 10:06 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


x Getting Started 1Step 1 Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.

b

Note • Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Installation

Step 2 Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8 (antenna input) at the rear of the TV. Tip • You can also connect your TV to other optional components (see page 19).

Step 3

b

Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to turn it on. Note • The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Step 4 Set up the TV by following the instructions of the “Initial Setup” menu (see page 6). Select

Confirm

End

Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65

5 Black

5/31/05, 10:06 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)

5


x Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, sort or edit the channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote control or TV front panel.

1

Press V or v to select the desired menu language, then press . The selected menu language appears. Select

2

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press to preset the channels automatically. The screen will indicate automatic presetting is in progress. Select

After all available channels have been tuned and stored, the “Program Sorting/Edit” menu appears automatically on the screen.

Confirm

End

Program: TV System: VHF Low

01 B/G

To skip automatic channel presetting, select “No”, then press .

End

If the message “No channel found. Please connect cable/antenna” appears, check your TV connections, then press .

3

The “Program Sorting/Edit” menu enables you to sort and edit the channels. a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. b) Press V or v to select the program number with the channel you wish to change. The selected channel will appear on the screen. c) If you wish to store the channels in a different order: 1) Press b to enter sorting mode. 2) Press V or v to select the new program number position for your selected channel, then press B.

6

Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 Off 04 Off Edit: Sorting: Select

Confirm

Exit

Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 01 Off 04 Off Sorting mode Select

Confirm

Exit

Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65

6 Black

5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


d) If you wish to edit the channels, press to change to edit mode. Press b until the mode that you wish to edit is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol). Then press . 1) To label, press V or v to select the alphanumeric characters for the label. Then press .

Confirm

Exit

Select

Confirm

Exit

Select

Confirm

Exit

2) To skip the program number, press V or v to select “On”. Then press . You can skip this program number when using PROG +/-. 3) To block unwanted program number, press V or v to select . Then press . e) Repeat step b) to d) if you wish to change other channels.

Installation

Select

Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.

4

Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top and bottom of the menu if they are slanted, then press . Select

Confirm

End

Select

Confirm

End

“Picture V-Position” menu appears.

5

If the upper and lower bars are not equally positioned to the top and bottom of the screen, press V or v to adjust them, then press . If no adjustment is necessary, then press

6

.

To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from appearing again when you turn on the TV by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”, then press . To allow this menu to appear again, select “Yes”, then press .

Select

Confirm

Tip • You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.

Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65

7 Black

5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)

7


Overview of Controls

x TV front and rear panels TV rear panel

qa R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

qf qd qs TV front panel

87

9

0

65

4

3 2

1

WEGA GATE

L(MONO)

2

R

SOUND MODE

PROG

Button/Terminal 1 !

Function Turn off or turn on the TV.

2 2 3 4 5 6

Standby indicator.

5

Wake Up indicator.

10

1

Page 5

Remote control sensor.

PROG +/–

Select program number.

2 +/–

Adjust volume.

t Select TV or video input. WEGA GATE menu operations 4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items.

6 7 WEGA GATE

8

12

Confirm selected items.

12

Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu.

12

Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

11

t2

Video input terminal 2.

19

i

Headphone jack.

8 SOUND MODE 9 0 qa qs qd qf

19

Component video input terminal.

20

T

Monitor output terminal.

19

t1, t3

Video input terminal 1, 3.

19

8

Antenna input terminal.

19

Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65

8 Black

5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


x Using the remote control and basic functions

0

qd

qf

1

Overview of Controls

qa qs

A/B

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

3 PROG

4 5

qg qh

qj WEGA GATE

RETURN

6

qk

7

ql w;

8 9 TV

Button 1 ?/1

Description Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV.

2 a 3

Display the TV program.

Jump to last program number that has been watched for at least five seconds.

4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 8

Page –

Select program number.

Adjust volume.

Change the picture size: “On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.

9 0 qa qd t qf 0 – 9 ql

Select surround mode options.

15

Display on-screen information. Mute the sound.

– –

Select TV or video input.

19

w;

Input numbers.

Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

11

Select picture mode options.

11

continue Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65

9 Black

5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)

9


continued Button Description WEGA GATE menu operations

Page

6

Confirm selected items.

7 WEGA GATE qj V, v, B, b

Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.

13

Select and adjust items.

qk RETURN Timer operations

Return to the previous level

qg

Set TV to turn on automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).

(Wake up timer)

The indicator on TV lights up amber once you set the wake up timer. If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using the wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into standby mode. Set TV to turn off automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of one hour and 30 min.).

qh (Sleep timer)

Teletext operations (green label)

, ,

,

, ,

, ,

Not function for your TV.

, , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. Stereo/bilingual operations qs A/B Not function for your TV.

,

(red, green, yellow, blue) PIP operations

10

Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65

10 Black

5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound modes You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your preference in the “Custom” option.

Selecting the picture mode Press

A/B

to select the desired picture mode.

1

2

3

Select

4

5

6

“Vivid”

contrast and sharp pictures.

7

8

9

“Standard”

normal pictures.

“Custom”

the last adjusted picture setting from the “Picture Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 14).

0

PROG

To view

WEGA GATE

RETURN

TV

Selecting the sound mode Press

(or SOUND MODE on the front panel) to select the desired sound mode.

5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear. Select

To listen to Dynamic

“Dynamic”

dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Standard

“Standard”

sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Custom”

the last adjusted sound setting from the “Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 15).

Custom

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65

11 Black

5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)

11


Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you to access to preset TV channels, connected external inputs and “Settings” menu for TV adjustment. WEGA GATE TV

TV 01

External Inputs Settings

“TV”

02 03

watch the preset TV channels (see page 6)

04

Select

05

Confirm

Select

Confirm

End

External Inputs

“External Inputs”

1

Video 1

2

Video 2

3

Video 3

select the inputs for the connected equipment (see page 19)

DVD

Select End

Confirm

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

“Settings”

Select

Confirm

change the settings of your TV (see page 18)

End

How to use WEGA GATE TV

WEGA GATE TV External Inputs Settings

Select

Confirm

(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.

01 02 03 04 05 Select

(3) Press V or v to select the desired item.

TV

WEGA GATE TV

01 02 03 04 05 Select

External Inputs Settings

Confirm

End

(or b) to confirm your selection (2) Press or go to the next level. Tip • The WEGA GATE, operations above.

12

Confirm

End

Select

Confirm

(4) Press RETURN to move to the previous level.

and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the

Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65

12 Black

5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


x “Settings” Adjustment You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in WEGA GATE menu. Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select “Settings” and press . The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted.

”Picture” (see page 14) “Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom” “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”, “Sharpness”, “Reset” “Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Neutral” “Warm” “Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

Select

Confirm

End

Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select

Confirm

End

”Sound” (see page 15) “Standard” “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset” “Balance” “Off” “Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”

”Channel Setup” (see page 16) “Auto Program” “Manual Program” “Program”: “00” - “99” “I” “D/K” “TV System”: “B/G” “VHF Low”/“VHF High”/“UHF” “Fine”: “Auto” “Manual” “Signal Booster”: “Auto” “Off” “Program Sorting/Edit”

Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit

Select

Confirm

Setup Language:

End

English

Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings

Select

Confirm

Auto

End

“Custom”

“M”

”Setup” (see page 18) “Language”: “English” “ ” (Arabic) “Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position” “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58” “Color System”: “Auto” “NTSC4.43” “No” “Factory Settings”: “Yes”

Note • When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65

13 Black

5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)

13


x Changing the “Picture” setting The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Make sure the “Picture” icon ( selected, then press .

) is

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press Select

To

“Picture Mode”

choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).

“Color Temperature”

adjust white color tint. Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or “Warm” (red tint).

“Intelligent Picture”

optimize picture quality. Press V or v to select “On”, then press To cancel, select “Off”, then press

.

.

.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and “Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode

1

Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press . Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 3

Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press

.

Repeat the above steps to adjust other items. The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes • “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only. • Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

14

Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65

14 Black

5/31/05, 10:07 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


x Changing the “Sound” setting The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Sound” icon ( ), then press .

Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press Select

To

“Sound Mode”

choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).

“Balance”

Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker. Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.

“Intelligent Volume”

adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs automatically. Press V or v to select “On”, then press . To cancel, select “Off”, then press

“Surround”

.

.

choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound) or “Off”.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment” option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings of “Custom” mode in the menu.

1

Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press

.

Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2

Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to adjust the setting and press . The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes • Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency will affect lower pitched sound. • You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the TV front panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11). Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65

15 Black

5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)

15


x Changing the “Channel Setup” setting The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically, manually preset channels and sort or edit the channels.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit

Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup” icon ( ), then press .

Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press Select

To

“Auto Program”

preset channels automatically.

“Manual Program”

manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually in page 17).

“Program Sorting/Edit”

change the order in which the channels appear on the screen, label the program number, skip the program number and block unwanted programs. (see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6).

.

Notes • If you preset a blocked program number, that program number will be unblocked automatically. • If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.

16

Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65

16 Black

5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


Presetting channels manually

1

After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program number to which you want to preset a channel. .

(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press

(2) Press V or v until the program number you want to preset appears on the menu, then press .

2

Manual Program Program: TV System: VHF Low Fine: Signal Booster: Select

01 B/G Auto Auto

Confirm

End

Select the desired channel. (1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press . (2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen, then press .

3

If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV system. (1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press

.

(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press

4

.

If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press

.

(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press

.

(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press

.

The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5

If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press

.

(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .

Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65

17 Black

5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)

17


x Changing the “Setup” setting The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your TV to factory settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon ( . then press

Setup Language: Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings

),

Select

3

English

Auto

End

Confirm

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press Select

To

“Language”

change the menu language. Press V or v to select either “English” or “ then press .

“Picture Position”

.

” (Arabic),

adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen. Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”, then press . Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press

“Video Label”

.

label the connected equipment. (1) Select “Video Input” and press

. Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press . (2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label options: “Video 1”/“Video 2”/“Video 3”/ “DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*. * You may edit the video label to your favorite name. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, . then press “Color System”

select the color system. Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, . Normally, set this to “NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press “Auto”.

“Factory Settings”

reset your TV to factory settings. and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press Press

.

To cancel, select “No”, then press

18

Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65

18 Black

5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


Additional Information

x Connecting optional components Connecting to the video input terminal ( t ) TV front panel

Audio/Video cable (not supplied) L(MONO)

R

2

Camcorder

TV rear panel

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

Antenna cable (not supplied)

CR

VCR Audio/Video cable (not supplied) DVD player

Note • If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the program number 0 on the TV (see page 17).

Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T ) TV rear panel

Audio system R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

Audio/Video cable (not supplied)

VCR

continue Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-SOEMME.p65

19 Black

5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)

19


continued

Connecting to the component video input terminal (

)

TV rear panel

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

Component video cable (not supplied) DVD player Audio cable (not supplied)

Notes • If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive output when connecting to either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals. • The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/ PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y. • If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

20

Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-SOEMME.p65

20 Black

5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


x Troubleshooting If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.

“Factory Settings” function Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu. From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press . Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be solved. Symptom

Solutions

Snowy picture, noisy sound

• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 19). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “Manual Program” to preset the channel again (see page 17). • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from “Manual Program” (see page 17). • Try using an external booster.

Distorted picture, noisy sound

• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from “Manual Program”(see page 17).

Good picture, noisy sound

• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select the appropriate “TV System” from “Manual Program” (see page 17).

No picture, no sound

• Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 19). • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9). • Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds, then turn it on again (see page 8).

Good picture, no sound

• Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9). • Press to cancel the muting (see page 9).

Dotted lines or stripes

• Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

Double images or “ghosts”

• Use a highly directional antenna.

No color

• Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 14).

• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 17). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.

• Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting (usually set this to “Auto”) (see page 18). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. continue Additional Information

01GB08ADV-SOEMME.p65

21 Black

5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)

21


continued Symptom

22

Solutions

Picture slant

• Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV. • Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV screen (see page 18).

Abnormal color patches

• Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to demagnetize the TV.

The 1 (standby) indicator on your TV flashes red several times after every three seconds.

• Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes. Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony service center.

The TV screen sometimes goes blank for slightly longer than usual during channel change.

• The “Signal Booster” is functioning to detect a weak signal. This does not indicate a malfunction.

TV cabinet creaks.

• Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.

A small “boom” sound is heard when the TV is turned on.

• The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Additional Information

01GB08ADV-SOEMME.p65

22 Black

5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)


x Specifications KV-SW342M80 KV-SW342M50

KV-SW292M80 KV-SW292M50

KV-SW252M80 KV-SW252M50

Power requirements

110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Power consumption (W)

Indicated on the rear of the TV

Television system

B/G, I, D/K, M

Color system

PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43

Channel coverage B/G

Note

VHF : E2 to E12 /UHF : E21 to E69 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41

I

UHF : B21 to B68 /CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41

D/K

VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 / UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39

M

VHF : A2 to A13 /UHF : A14 to A79 / CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84

8 (Antenna)

75-ohm external terminal

Audio output (Speaker)

6W+6W

Number of terminal (Video)

Input: 3

Output: 1

Input: 4

Output: 1

(Audio) (Component Video)

i (Headphone)

Input: 1

Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms Phono jacks; 500 mVrms Phono jacks; Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, sync negative CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms

Output: 1

Stereo minijack

34 in.

29 in.

25 in.

Tube size (cm)

86

72

64

Measured diagonally

Screen size (cm)

80

68

60

Measured diagonally

Dimensions (w/h/d, mm)

895 × 678 × 578

780 × 583 × 523

696 × 517 × 522

75

47

36

Picture tube

Mass (kg)

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Sony Corporation Additional Information

01GB08ADV-SOEMME.p65

23 Black

5/31/05, 10:08 PM

Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)

23


2-645-536-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV GB

Operating Instructions • Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future reference.

CT

使用說明書 • 使用本電視機之前請先詳細閱讀此手冊﹐並妥善保存以備日後用作參考。

KV-SW342 KV-SW292 KV-SW252 © 2005 Sony Corporation

M61 M50

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


WARNING • Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV. • TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC. • Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna and other terminals to ground. • To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch any part of the TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during lightning storms.

For children’s safety, do not leave children alone with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.

To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.

Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.

Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object falls into it. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel only.

Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the bottom area of the TV.

Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a bookcase or built-in cabinet.

Your TV is recommended for home use only. Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or vibrations.

Do not plug in too many appliances to the same power socket. Do not damage the power cord.

Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the TV as high voltages and other hazards are present inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the TV to qualified personnel.

Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.

Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned off, it is still connected to the AC power source (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in. Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not going to use it for several days.

2

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Table of Contents Installation

Menu Adjustment

Securing the TV .................................... 4 Getting Started ..................................... 5 Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6

Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator ............................................. 15 “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 16 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 17 Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 18

Overview of Controls TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 Using the remote control and basic functions ...................................... 9

Changing the “Channel Setup” setting .................................................. 19 Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 21

GB Additional Information

Advanced Operations Selecting the picture and sound modes .................................................. 11 Listening to the FM Radio (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/SW252M61 only) .......... 12 Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/SW252M61 only) .......... 13 Viewing Teletext (KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61 only) ................................ 14

Connecting optional components ... 22 Troubleshooting ................................. 24 Specifications ...................... Back cover

3

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Installation

x Securing the TV To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to secure the TV.

20 mm 3.8 mm screws

clamps

band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or (1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps. (2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and the other clamp to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or (1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to the provided holders at the rear of your TV. (2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain to a wall or pillar using an attachment which can support the TV set weight.

Note • Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

4

Installation

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Getting Started Step 1 Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.

b

Note • Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Installation

Step 2 Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8 (antenna input) at the rear of the TV. Tips • Your TV can receive both TV and FM radio signal from the appropriate connections through the 8 (antenna input) terminal (KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only) (see page 22). • You can also connect your TV to other optional components (see page 22).

Step 3

b

Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to turn it on. Note • The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Step 4 Set up the TV by following the instructions of the “Initial Setup” menu (see page 6).

Select

Confirm

End

Installation

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

5


x Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, sort or edit the channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote control or TV front panel.

1

Press V or v to select the desired menu language, then press . The selected menu language appears. Select

2

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press to preset the channels automatically. The screen will indicate automatic presetting is in progress. Select

After all available channels have been tuned and stored, the “Program Sorting/Edit” menu appears automatically on the screen.

Confirm

End

Program: TV System: VHF Low

01 Auto

To skip automatic channel presetting, select “No”, then press .

End

If the message “No channel found. Please connect cable/antenna” appears, check your TV connections, then press .

3

The “Program Sorting/Edit” menu enables you to sort and edit the channels. a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. b) Press V or v to select the program number with the channel you wish to change. The selected channel will appear on the screen. c) If you wish to store the channels in a different order: 1) Press b to enter sorting mode. 2) Press V or v to select the new program number position for your selected channel, then press B.

6

Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 Off 04 Off Edit: Sorting: Select

Confirm

Exit

Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 01 Off 04 Off Sorting mode Select

Confirm

Exit

Installation

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


d) If you wish to edit the channels, press to change to edit mode. Press b until the mode that you wish to edit is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol). Then press . 1) To label, press V or v to select the alphanumeric characters for the label. Then press .

Confirm

Exit

Select

Confirm

Exit

Select

Confirm

Exit

2) To skip the program number, press V or v to select “On”. Then press . You can skip this program number when using PROG +/-. 3) To block unwanted program number, press V or v to select . Then press . e) Repeat step b) to d) if you wish to change other channels.

Installation

Select

Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.

4

Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top and bottom of the menu if they are slanted, then press . Select

Confirm

End

Select

Confirm

End

“Picture V-Position” menu appears.

5

If the upper and lower bars are not equally positioned to the top and bottom of the screen, press V or v to adjust them, then press . If no adjustment is necessary, then press

6

.

To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from appearing again when you turn on the TV by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”, then press . To allow this menu to appear again, select “Yes”, then press .

Select

Confirm

Tip • You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.

Installation

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

7


Overview of Controls

x TV front and rear panels TV rear panel

2

R FM

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

qf

WEGA GATE

L(MONO)

qa

PROG

qd qs TV front panel

9

0

87

65

4

3 2

1

WEGA GATE

L(MONO)

2

R FM

PROG

Button/Terminal 1 ! 2 1

Function Turn off or turn on the TV. Standby indicator. 2 Wake Up indicator. 3 Remote control sensor. 4 PROG +/– Select program number. 5 2 +/– Adjust volume. 6 t Select TV or video input. WEGA GATE menu operations 4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items.

6 7 WEGA GATE

Confirm selected items.

Page 5 5 10 – – – 22 15 15

Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu.

15

8 FM

Listen to FM Radio.

12

(KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only) SOUND MODE (KV-SW292M50/ SW252M50 only) 9 t2 0 i

Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

11

Video input terminal 2. Headphone jack. Component video input terminal. Monitor output terminal. Video input terminal 1, 3. Antenna input terminal.

22 – 23 23 22 22

qa qs T qd t1, t3 qf 8

The button will be labeled as SOUND MODE for KV-SW292M50/SW252M50 only.

8

Overview of Controls

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Using the remote control and basic functions 0

1 A/B

2

qd

qf

Overview of copntrols

qa qs

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

3 PROG

4 5

qg qh

qj

6 WEGA GATE

RETURN

qk

7

ql w;

8 9 TV

Button 1 ?/1

Description Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV.

2 a 3

Display the TV program.

Jump to last program number that has been watched for at least five seconds.

4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 8

Page –

Select program number.

Adjust volume.

Change the picture size: “On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.

9 0 qa qd t qf 0 – 9

Select surround mode options. Display on-screen information. Mute the sound.

18 – –

Select TV or video input.

22

Input numbers. For program numbers 10 and above, enter the second digit within two seconds.

ql

Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

11

w;

Select picture mode options.

11 continue Overview of Controls

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

9


continued Button Description WEGA GATE menu operations

6

Confirm selected items.

7 WEGA GATE qj V, v, B, b

Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.

qk RETURN Timer operations

Page 15

Select and adjust items. Return to the previous level

qg (Wake up timer)

Set TV to turn on automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).

The indicator on TV lights up amber once you set the wake up timer. If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using the wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.

qh (Sleep timer)

Set TV to turn off automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of one hour and 30 min.).

Teletext operations (green label) (KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only)

, ,

, ,

, ,

, ,

All buttons are used for Teletext operations.

14

(red, green, yellow, blue) PIP operations , , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. Stereo/bilingual operations qs A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode.

10

– 13

Overview of Controls

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound modes You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your preference in the “Custom” option.

Selecting the picture mode Press

A/B

to select the desired picture mode.

1

2

3

Select

To view

4

5

6

“Vivid”

contrast and sharp pictures.

7

8

9

“Standard”

normal pictures.

“Custom”

the last adjusted picture setting from the “Picture Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 17).

0 PROG

WEGA GATE

RETURN

TV

Selecting the sound mode Press (or SOUND MODE on the front panel (KV-SW292M50/SW252M50 only)) to select the desired sound mode. 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear. Select “Dynamic”

To listen to Dynamic

dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Standard”

Standard

sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Custom”

Custom

the last adjusted sound setting from the “Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 18).

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Advanced Operations

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

11


x Listening to the FM Radio B KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only

You are able to listen to the FM radio stations using your TV. To access to FM Radio mode: Press WEGA GATE button and select “FM Radio” (see page 15). or Press FM button on the front panel (see page 8). To exit from FM Radio mode: Press WEGA GATE button, select the desired items: “TV” or “External Inputs”, then press . Select the desired TV channel or external inputs and press . or Press FM button on the front panel.

Listening to preset stations A/B

A/B 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1 2

Access to FM Radio mode.

3

Exit from “Channel Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE button. The selected preset FM radio station number and label will appear on the screen. To select the desired preset FM radio station, press PROG +/–.

0 PROG

PROG +/–

V, v, B, b WEGA GATE

WEGA GATE

RETURN

Press WEGA GATE button and select “Settings”. Preset the desired FM radio stations in “FM Radio Setup” from “Channel Setup” menu (see page 19).

Tip • You can also use the 1-9 buttons on the remote control to directly select the desired preset FM radio station.

TV

Listening to non-preset stations

1 2

Access to FM Radio mode.

3

If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the radio frequency manually.

Press V or v to search for the desired FM radio station. The preset number and label will not be displayed.

Notes • You can only operate V, v, B and b functions using the remote control buttons in FM Radio mode. • The available radio frequency is only for temporary listening pleasure and cannot be stored in the memory. • If the message “Please setup FM Radio” appears, display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “FM Radio Setup” to preset the desired FM radio stations (see page 19). Note • When a FM stereo program has static noise, press A/B until “Mono” appears. There will be no stereo effect, but the noise will be reduced.

12

Advanced Operations

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs B KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of NICAM and A2 stereo systems by using the A/B button.

When receiving a NICAM program Broadcasting A/B

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

NICAM (Stereo sound)

t

Mono (Regular sound)

NICAM bilingual

NICAM Main t NICAM Sub t Mono (Main sound) (Sub sound) (Regular sound)

NICAM monaural

NICAM Main (Main sound)

t

1

On-screen display (Selected sound)

t

NICAM stereo

A/B

0

t

Mono (Regular sound)

t

PROG

When receiving an A2 program WEGA GATE

Broadcasting

On-screen display (Selected sound)

A2 stereo

Stereo (Stereo sound)

A2 bilingual

Main (Main sound)

t

Mono (Regular sound)

t

Sub (Sub sound)

t

RETURN

t

TV

Note • If the stereo sound is noisy when receiving a stereo program, select “Mono”. The sound becomes monaural but the noise is reduced.

Advanced Operations

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

13


x Viewing Teletext B KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only Some TV stations broadcast an information service called Teletext which allows you to receive various information, such as stock market reports and news. You can use the buttons on the remote to view Teletext.

A/B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

,

PROG

Do this

display a Teletext page on the TV picture

Press . Each time you press , the screen changes as follows: Teletext t Teletext and TV t TV. If there is no Teletext broadcast, “100” is displayed at the top left corner of the screen.

check the contents of a Teletext service

Press . An overview of the Teletext contents, including page numbers, appears on the screen.

select a Teletext page

Press the number buttons to enter the three-digit page number of the desired Teletext page. If you make a mistake, reenter the correct page number. To access the next or previous page, press or .

hold (pause) a Teletext display

Press to display the symbol “ ” at the top left corner of the screen. To resume normal Teletext viewing, press .

reveal concealed information (e.g., an answer to a quiz)

Press . To conceal the information, press the button again.

enlarge the Teletext display

Press . Each time you press , the Teletext display changes as follows: Enlarge upper half t Enlarge lower half t Normal size.

WEGA WEGA GATE GATE

RETURN

(red, green, yellow, blue)

To

TV

stand by for a Teletext (1) Enter the Teletext page number that page while watching you want to refer to, then press . a TV program (2) When the page number is displayed, press to show the text. select a FASTEXT menu or the colored boxes

Press (red, green, yellow and blue) that corresponds to the desired menu or page number.

turn off Teletext

Press a.

Note • The FASTEXT feature can be used only when the FASTEXT broadcast is available.

14

Advanced Operations

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you access to preset TV channels, connected external inputs, FM Radio mode and “Settings” menu. TV

WEGA GATE TV

01

“TV”

External Inputs FM Radio Settings

02 03

watch the preset TV channels (see page 6)

04 05

Select

Select

Confirm

Confirm

End

External Inputs

“External Inputs”

1

Video 1

2

Video 2

3

Video 3

select the inputs for the connected equipment (see page 22)

DVD

Select End

Confirm

FM Radio

“FM Radio”

listen to the FM Radio (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/SW252M61 only) (see page 12)

Preset 1:

---.-Please setup FM Radio Select Preset 1-9 Search Fine

—PROG+

Exit

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

“Settings”

Select

change the settings of your TV (see page 16)

End

Confirm

How to use WEGA GATE TV

WEGA GATE TV External Inputs FM Radio Settings

Select

Confirm

(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.

01 02 03 04 05 Select

(3) Press V or v to select the desired item.

TV 01 02 03 04 05 Select

WEGA GATE TV External Inputs FM Radio Settings Confirm Select

End

(or b) to confirm your selection (2) Press or go to the next level. Tip • The WEGA GATE, above.

Confirm

End

Confirm

(4) Press RETURN to move to the previous level.

and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the operations Menu Adjustment

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

15


x “Settings” Adjustment You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in WEGA GATE menu. Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select “Settings” and press . The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted. Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

Select

End

Confirm

Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select

Confirm

End

Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit FM Radio Setup

Select

Confirm

End

“Sound” (see page 18) “Standard” “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset” “Balance” “Off” “Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”

“Custom”

“Channel Setup” (see page 19) “Auto Program” “Manual Program” “Program”: “00” - “99” “TV System”: “B/G” “I” “D/K” “M” “VHF Low”/“VHF High”/“UHF” “Manual” “Fine”: “Auto” “Signal Booster”: “Auto” “Off” “Program Sorting/Edit” “FM Radio Setup” (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only) “Setup” (see page 21)

Setup Language:

English

Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings

Select

“Picture” (see page 17) “Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom” “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”, “Sharpness”, “Reset” “Neutral” “Warm” “Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”

Confirm

Auto

End

“Language”: “English” “ ” (Chinese) “Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position” “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label” “Color System”: “Auto” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58” “NTSC4.43” “No” “Factory Settings”: “Yes”

Note • When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

16

Menu Adjustment

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Changing the “Picture” setting The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Make sure the “Picture” icon ( selected, then press .

) is

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press Select

To

“Picture Mode”

choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).

“Color Temperature”

adjust white color tint. Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or “Warm” (red tint).

“Intelligent Picture”

optimize picture quality. Press V or v to select “On”, then press To cancel, select “Off”, then press

.

.

.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and “Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode

1

Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press . Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 3

Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press

.

Repeat the above steps to adjust other items. The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes • “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only. • Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

Menu Adjustment

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

17


x Changing the “Sound” setting The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Sound” icon ( ), then press .

Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press Select

To

“Sound Mode”

choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).

“Balance”

Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker. Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.

“Intelligent Volume”

adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs automatically. Press V or v to select “On”, then press . To cancel, select “Off”, then press

“Surround”

.

.

choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound) or “Off”.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment” option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings of “Custom” mode in the menu.

1

Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press

.

Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2

Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to adjust the setting and press . The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

18

Notes • Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency will affect lower pitched sound. • You may display the settings directly by using the SOUND MODE button on the TV front button on the remote control (see panel (KV-SW292M50/SW252M50 only) (see page 8) or page 11). Menu Adjustment

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Changing the “Channel Setup” setting The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically, manually preset channels, sort or edit the channels and preset FM radio stations.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup” icon ( ), then press .

Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit FM Radio Setup

Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press Select

.

To

“Auto Program”

preset channels automatically.

“Manual Program”

manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually in page 20).

“Program Sorting/Edit” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen, label the program number, skip the program number and block unwanted programs. (see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6). “FM Radio Setup”* (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61 SW252M61 only)

preset up to nine FM radio stations. You can manually preset each FM radio station that can be received in your area and then store the radio frequency of the desired FM radio stations. (1) Press V or v to select the desired FM radio station position, . then press (2) Press V or v to search the FM radio stations. Searching stops automatically when a station is tuned in. If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the radio frequency manually, then press to store the FM radio station. (3) You may edit the FM radio station label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press . (4) Repeat steps (1) through (3) to preset other FM radio stations. * The “FM Radio Setup” feature is only available in FM Radio mode. To enable this feature, access to FM Radio mode by using WEGA GATE system (see page 15) or pressing the FM button on the front panel (see page 8), then preset your desired FM radio stations according to the steps mentioned above.

Notes • If you preset a blocked program number, that program number will be unblocked automatically. continue • If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked. Menu Adjustment

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

19


continued

Presetting channels manually

1

After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program number to which you want to preset a channel. .

(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press

(2) Press V or v until the program number you want to preset appears on the menu, then press .

2

Manual Program Program: TV System: VHF Low Fine: Signal Booster: Select

01 B/G Auto Auto

Confirm

End

Select the desired channel. (1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press . (2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen, then press .

3

If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV system. (1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press

.

(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press

4

.

If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press

.

(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press

.

(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press

.

The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5

If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press

.

(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .

20

Menu Adjustment

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


x Changing the “Setup” setting The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your TV to factory settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon ( then press .

),

Setup Language: Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings Select

3

English

Auto

End

Confirm

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press Select

To

“Language”

change the menu language. Press V or v to select either “English” or “ . then press

“Picture Position”

.

” (Chinese),

adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen. Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”, then press . Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press

.

“Video Label”

label the connected equipment. (1) Select “Video Input” and press . Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press . (2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label options: “Video 1”/ “Video 2”/ “Video 3”/ “DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*. * You may edit the video label to your favorite name. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .

“Color System”

select the color system. Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, . Normally, set this to “NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press “Auto”.

“Factory Settings”

reset your TV to factory settings. Press and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press

.

To cancel, select “No”, then press

Note • Color system is not selectable in FM Radio mode.

Menu Adjustment

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

21


Additional Information

x Connecting optional components Connecting to the video input terminal ( t ) TV front panel

Audio/Video cable (not supplied)

L(MONO)

R

2

Camcorder

Antenna cable (not supplied)

TV rear panel

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

TV, CATV, Satellite or When there is no FM signal Antenna selector

CR

FM signal

TV signal

Audio/Video cable (not supplied)

VCR Antenna cable (not supplied) DVD player

Notes • If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the program number 0 on the TV (see page 20). • FM signal can only be received by model with FM Radio.

22

Additional Information

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

Audio/Video cable (not supplied)

VCR

Connecting to the component video input terminal (

)

TV rear panel

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

Component video cable (not supplied) DVD player Audio cable (not supplied)

Notes • If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals. • The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/ PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y. • If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Additional Information

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

23


x Troubleshooting If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.

“Factory Settings” function Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu. From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press . Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be solved. Symptom

Solutions

Snowy picture, noisy sound

• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 22). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “Manual Program” to preset the channel again (see page 20). • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from “Manual Program” (see page 20). • Try using an external booster.

Distorted picture, noisy sound

• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from “Manual Program”(see page 20).

Good picture, noisy sound

• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select the appropriate “TV System” from “Manual Program” (see page 20).

No picture, no sound

• Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 22). • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9). • Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds, then turn it on again (see page 8).

Good picture, no sound

• Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9). • Press to cancel the muting (see page 9).

Dotted lines or stripes

• Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

Double images or “ghosts”

• Use a highly directional antenna.

No color

• Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 17).

• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 20). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.

• Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting (usually set this to “Auto”) (see page 21). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

24

Additional Information

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


Symptom Picture slant

Solutions • Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV. • Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV screen (see page 21).

Abnormal color patches

• Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to demagnetize the TV.

TV cannot receive stereo broadcast sound

• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 22).

or

• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

Stereo broadcast sound switches on and off or is distorted (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only). Teletext display is incomplete (snowy picture or double images) (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only).

• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 22). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from “Manual Program” (see page 20). • Try using an external booster. • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 20).

TV cannot receive FM radio station (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only).

• Connect a separate FM antenna and the TV channel source through an antenna selector (switch) to your TV (see page 22).

The 1 (standby) • Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes. indicator on your Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony TV flashes red service center. several times after every three seconds. The TV screen sometimes goes blank for slightly longer than usual during channel change.

• The “Signal Booster” is functioning to detect a weak signal. This does not indicate a malfunction.

TV cabinet creaks.

• Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.

A small “boom” sound is heard when the TV is turned on.

• The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Additional Information

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)

25


警告 • 本電視機內存在危險性高電壓。 • 本電視機僅可在 110-240 伏特交流電壓下操作。 • 若未完成所有連接程序﹐請勿插入電源線﹔否則極少量的電流可能經天線或其它端子 外泄。 • 若打算近期內不使用遙控器﹐請將電池取出﹐以避免電池泄漏而損壞遙控器。若您不 小心觸及電池所泄漏的液體﹐應立即用水洗淨。

為了個人安全起見﹐雷雨期間﹐ 請勿觸摸電視機的任何部份﹐包 括電源線和天線電纜。

為了兒童安全起見﹐請勿讓他們 獨自逗留在電視機旁。千萬別讓 兒童攀爬本電視機。

為防止火災或觸電﹐請勿使本電 視機被雨淋或受潮。

請勿放置任何物體於電視機上。 請勿使任何液體滴濕或噴濕本電 視機。請勿放置任何裝有液體的 物體(如花瓶)於電視機上。

若有任何液體流入或固體落入本 電視機內時﹐請勿操作本電視 機。應立即請合格的專業人員檢 查。

放置電視機於穩定的、並足以支 撐電視機重量的電視支架及地面 上。確保電視支架的表面平整且 表面積寬於電視機底面。

請勿堵塞本電視機的通風口。 請勿將本電視機放置於諸如書架 或嵌入式壁櫥等封閉之處。

本電視機只適於家庭使用。請勿 將本電視機放置於任何交通工具 內或多塵、高溫、潮濕或震動頻 繁之處。

請勿在同一電源插座上插入太多 的電器。請勿損壞電源線。

請勿打開本電視機的機殼和後蓋﹐ 因為電視機內存在高電壓和危險性 部件。須由合格的專業人員對電視 機進行檢修或棄置。

請用乾的軟布清潔本電視機。請 勿使用汽油、稀釋劑或任何其它 化學品清潔本電視機。請勿在電 視機殼噴塗表面貼附任何物體 (例如﹐貼紙﹐透明玻璃膠紙﹐ 膠合劑等)。請勿刮劃顯像管。

捏住插頭將電源線拔開。請勿直 接拉拔電源線。即使電視機已斷 開電源﹐但只要電源線還在插座 內﹐它仍接通至交流電源。若想 移動本電視機或打算近期內不使 用本電視機時﹐請將電源線拔 開。

2

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


目錄 設置您的電視機

調整您的設定(MENU)

固定電視機 ..................... 4 準備工作 ....................... 5 設定您的電視機 (“初始化设定”) ............. 6

控制鍵總概況

介紹 WEGA GATE 指示系統 ..... “设定”調整 .................. 調整“图像设定” .............. 調整“声音设定” .............. 調整“频道设定” .............. 調整“设定”菜單 ..............

電視機前面和背後的控制板 ....... 8 使用遙控器和基本功能 ........... 9

附加信息

高級操作 選擇圖像和聲音模式 ............ 收聽調頻收音 (僅於 KV-SW342M61 /SW292M61/SW252M61) ...... 欣賞立體聲或雙語言節目 (僅於 KV-SW342M61 /SW292M61/SW252M61) ...... 收看圖文電視 (僅於 KV-SW342M61 /SW292M61/SW252M61) ......

11

15 16 17 18 19 21

連接選購的裝置 ................ 22 故障檢修 ...................... 24 規格 ........................ 封底

CT

12

13

14

3

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


設置您的電視機

x 固定電視機 為防止電視機摔落﹐請使用所提供的螺絲、夾子和帶條以固定電視機。

20 毫米 3.8 毫米 螺絲

夾子

帶條

將帶條分別固定至電視機背後提供的螺絲孔 及電視支架上。

或 (1) 將一根繩索或鏈條穿過夾子。 (2) 將其中一個夾子固定至牆上或柱子上﹐ 而另一個夾子則固定至電視機背後提供 的螺絲孔上。

或 (1) 將繩索或鏈條的未端分別穿過電視機背 後提供的柄上。 (2) 用可支撐電視機重量的連接物將繩索或 鏈條固定至牆上或柱子上。

註 • 請僅使用提供的螺絲。使用其它螺絲可能會損壞本電視機。

4

設置您的電視機

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 準備工作 步驟 1

1

將所提供的電池裝入遙控器。

b

註 • 請勿使用舊電池或同時使用不同類型的電池。

步驟 2

1

1

將天線電纜(未提供)連接至電視機背後的 8(天線輸 入)端子。

設置您的電視機

1

提示 • 通過 8(天線輸入)端子正確的連接﹐您的電視機可接收電 視及調頻收音的信號(僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61)(參考第 22 頁)。 • 您也可將本電視機連接至其它選購的裝置(參考第 22 頁)。

步驟 3

b

插入電源線﹐然後按壓電視機上的 ! 鍵以接通電視機的 電源。 註 • 打開電視機時 1(待機)指示燈將閃爍為綠燈數秒鐘。這並不 表示發生故障。

步驟 4 按照“Initial Setup”(“初始化设定”)菜單的指示以 設定您的電視機(參考第 6 頁)。

Select

Confirm

End

設置您的電視機

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

5


x 設定您的電視機(“初始化设定”) 當您第一次打開電視機時﹐“Initial Setup”(“初始化设定”)菜單將會顯示在 屏幕上。您可用遙控器或電視機前面控制板上的按鍵以改變菜單語言﹐自動預設 電視頻道﹐排序或編輯頻道和調整圖像位置。

1

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的菜單語言﹐ 鍵。 然後按壓 被選擇的菜單語言將顯示在屏幕上。

2

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“是”﹐然後 鍵以自動預設頻道。 按壓 屏幕將顯示自動預設頻道正在進行中。 當所有可接收的頻道已被調諧和儲存後﹐ “频道排序/编辑”菜單將會自動顯示在 屏幕上。

01

若要略掉自動預設頻道﹐選擇“否”﹐ 然後按壓 鍵。 如果出現“无信号。请连接有线信号线或天线” 鍵。 的訊息﹐請檢查您的電視連接﹐然後按壓

3

6

“频道排序/编辑”菜單可以讓您排序或 編輯頻道。 a)

若您要保留當前頻道的狀態﹐按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以退出。

b)

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇您要改變的頻道號碼。 被選定的頻道將會顯示在屏幕上。

c)

若您要改變頻道的順序: 1)

按壓 b 鍵以進入排序模式。

2)

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇新的頻道位置﹐ 然後按壓 B 鍵。

PROG 01 02 03 04

PROG 01 02 03 04

01

設置您的電視機

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


d) 若您要編輯頻道﹐按壓 模式。

鍵以改換成編輯

按壓 b 鍵直到您要編輯的模式被選中: 標註、跳越頻道、 (鎖定符號)。 然後按壓

PROG

鍵。

1)

若要標註﹐按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇英文、 鍵。 數字、字符進行標註。然後按壓

2)

若要跳越頻道號碼﹐按壓 V 或 v 鍵 鍵。 以選擇“开”。然後按壓

PROG

當您在使用 PROG +/– 鍵時﹐您可跳越 此頻道號碼。 3) e)

若要鎖定不要的頻道號碼﹐按壓 V 或 v 鍵 。然後按壓 鍵。 以選擇

PROG

若您要改變其他頻道﹐請重復 b) 至 d) 的步驟。

按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以進入下個菜單。

4

若菜單頂部和底部的線條傾斜﹐按壓 B 或 b 鍵。 鍵以作出調整﹐然後按壓 “图像垂直位置调节”菜單出現。

5

若上下線條距離屏幕頂部和底部的位置不相等﹐ 鍵。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以作出調整﹐然後按壓 若不需作出調整﹐則按壓

6

鍵。

若要防止“初始化设定”菜單在按壓 ! 鍵打開 電視機時再次顯示在屏幕上﹐則按壓 V 或 v 鍵。 鍵以選擇“否”﹐然後按壓 若要這菜單再次顯示在屏幕上﹐選擇“是”﹐ 鍵。 然後按壓

提示 • 您可按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以進入“初始化设定”菜單最後的設定項目。

控制鍵總概況 設置您的電視機

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

7


控制鍵總概況

x 電視機前面和背後的控制板 電視機背後的控制板

2

R

FM

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

qf

WEGA GATE

L(MONO)

qa

PROG

qd qs 電視機前面的控制板

0

9

87

65

4

3 2

1

WEGA GATE

L(MONO)

2

R

按鍵/端子 1 ! 2 1 2 3 4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 6 t WEGA GATE 菜單操作 4, 5 V,v,B,b 6 7 WEGA GATE 8 FM (僅於 KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61) SOUND MODE (僅於 KV-SW292M50/ SW252M50) 9 t2 0 i qa qs T qd t1, t3 qf 8

FM

PROG

功能 打開或關閉電視機。 待機指示燈。 喚醒指示燈。 遙控傳感器。 選擇頻道號碼。 調整音量。 選擇電視或視頻輸入。

頁面 5 5 10 – – – 22

選擇和調整項目。 確認被選項目。 顯示或取消 WEGA GATE 菜單。 收聽調頻收音。

15 15 15 12

以“5-Band Graphic Equalizer”顯示選擇聲音模式選項。

11

視頻輸入端子 2。 耳機插口。 DVD 分量信號輸入端子。 監視器輸出端子。 視頻輸入端子 1, 3。 天線輸入端子。

22 – 23 23 22 22

此按鍵將被標註為 SOUND MODE 且僅限於 KV-SW292M50/SW252M50。

8

控制鍵總概況

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 使用遙控器和基本功能 0

qa qs qd

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

控制鍵總概況

qf

1 A/B

3 PROG

4 5

qg qh

qj qk

WEGA GATE

RETURN

6 7

ql w;

8 9 TV

按鍵 1 ?/1 2 a 3

說明 打開或關閉電視機。 顯示電視節目。 跳回到之前收看至少五秒的頻道號碼。

4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 8

ql

選擇頻道號碼。 調整音量。 改變圖像尺寸: “开”(16:9 寬熒幕模式)﹐“关”。 選擇環繞聲模式。 顯示屏幕上的信息。 消除聲音。 選擇電視或視頻輸入。 輸入數字鍵。對於頻道號碼 10 和以上﹐請在兩秒內輸入 第二位數字。 以 “5-Band Graphic Equalizer” 顯示選擇聲音模式選項。

w;

選擇圖像模式選項。

9 0 qa qd t qf 0 - 9

頁面 – – – – – – 18 – – 22 – 11 11

續 控制鍵總概況

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

9


續 按鍵 WEGA GATE 菜單操作 6

說明

7 WEGA GATE qj V, v, B, b qk RETURN 定時器操作 qg (喚醒定時器)

顯示或取消 WEGA GATE 菜單。 選擇和調整項目。 回到之前的階段。

頁面

確認被選項目。

15

依照您所要的時間設定電視以自動打開(最多12 小 時)。 一旦你已設定喚醒定時﹐電視機上的 起黃褐色。

指示燈將亮

用喚醒定時接通電視機電源並超過一小時後﹐若您不 按壓電視機或遙控器上的任何一個按鍵或控制鍵﹐則 電視機再進入待機狀態。 依照您所要的時間設定電視以自動關閉(最多 1 小時 30 分鐘)。

qh (睡眠定時器) 圖文電視操作(綠色標記) (僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61) , , , , 所有按鍵用於圖文電視操作。 , , , , (紅色﹐綠色﹐ 黃色﹐藍色) 畫中畫操作 , , V, v, B, b 立體聲或雙語言操作 qs A/B

10

14

本電視機無此操作。

選擇立體聲或雙語言模式。

13

控制鍵總概況

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


高級操作

x 選擇圖像和聲音模式 您可選擇圖像和聲音模式並使用“用户设定”模式來調整您所偏好的設定。

選擇圖像模式 按壓

A/B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

鍵直到您所要的圖像模式被選定。

選擇

0 PROG

以觀看

“动态”

對比度強和高銳度的圖像。

“标准”

普通的圖像。

“用户设定”

菜單中的“图像用户设定”項目 所調整的最終圖像設定(參考第 17 頁)。

WEGA GATE

RETURN

TV

選擇聲音模式 按壓 (或前面控制板的 SOUND MODE 鍵(僅於 KV-SW292M50/SW252M50)) 直到您所要的聲音模式被選定。“5-Band Graphic Equalizer”顯示將出現在屏幕上。 選擇

以收聽

“动态”

強調低音和高音的動態範圍寬而清晰的音響。

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“标准”

強調人聲和高音調的聲音。

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“用户设定”

菜單中的“声音用户设定”項目所調整的最終聲音設定(參考 第 18 頁)。 100 300 1k 3k 8k

高級操作

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

11


x 收聽調頻收音 B 僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 您可以使用您的電視機以收聽調頻廣播電台。 進入調頻收音模式: 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“调频收音”(參考第 15 頁)。 或 按壓前面控制板上的 FM 鍵(參考第 8 頁)。 退出調頻收音模式: 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵﹐選擇所要的項目:“电视”或“外接输入”﹐然後按壓 鍵。選擇所要的電視頻道或外接輸入並按壓 鍵。 或 按壓前面控制板上的 FM 鍵。

收聽預設電台 A/B

A/B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1 2

進入調頻收音模式。

3

按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以退出“频道设定”菜單。 被選取的預設調頻廣播電台和標註將出現於屏幕 上。

按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。顯示 “频道设定”菜單並在“调频收音设定”裡預設 所要的調頻廣播電台(參考第 19 頁)。

0 PROG

PROG +/– V, v, B, b

WEGA GATE

RETURN

WEGA GATE

欲選擇所要的預設調頻廣播電台﹐按壓 PROG +/– 鍵。 提示 • 您也可直接用遙控器上的 1–9 鍵以選擇所要的預設調 頻廣播電台。

TV

收聽非預設電台

1 2 3

進入調頻收音模式。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以搜尋所要的調頻廣播電台。已預設的調頻廣播電台和標註將不會 出現於屏幕上。 若該電台的信號微弱﹐按壓 B 或 b 鍵以手動微調廣播頻率。 註 • 在調頻收音模式裡﹐您只可以使用遙控器上的按鍵以操作 V,v,B 和 b 功能。 • 接收到的廣播頻率只供暫時的聽覺享受﹐且不能儲存在記憶體中。 • 如果出現“请设定调频电台”的訊息﹐請顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“调频收音设定” 以預設所要的調頻廣播電台(參考第 19 頁)。

註 • 當 FM 立體聲節目有噪音時﹐則按壓 A/B 鍵直到“单声道”出現。如此會失去立體聲音效﹐但 噪音將會降低。

12

高級操作

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 欣賞立體聲或雙語言節目 B 僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 您可使用 A/B 鍵以欣賞麗音(NICAM)和 A2 立體聲制式的立體聲或雙語言節 目。

當接收麗音節目時 播送

屏幕顯示(所選擇的聲音)

麗音立體聲

A/B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

t

t

A/B

麗音雙語言 t

t

t

0 PROG

麗音單聲道

t

t

WEGA GATE

RETURN

當接收 A2 節目時 播送

屏幕顯示(所選擇的聲音)

TV

A2 立體聲 t

t

A2 雙語言 t

t

註 • 當接收立體聲節目時﹐若有噪音則請選擇“单声道”。聲音變成單聲道聲音但噪音降低。

高級操作

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

13


x 收看圖文電視 B 僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 有些電視台播出被稱作圖文電視的信息節目﹐它可使您收看各種信息﹐例如股市 行情和新聞。 您可使用遙控器上的按鍵以收看圖文電視。 要

操作如下

將電視畫面上顯示 圖文電視頁面

按壓 鍵。 每按一次 鍵﹐屏幕按以下順序變化: 圖文電視 t 圖文電視與電視 t 電視。 若無圖文電視節目﹐“100”即顯示在屏 幕左上角。

檢查圖文電視節 目的內容

按壓 鍵。 屏幕上出現圖文電視內容概覽﹐包括頁 碼。

選擇圖文電視頁面

按壓數字鍵以輸入所需圖文電視頁面的三 位數頁碼。 如果您輸錯﹐則請重新輸入正確的頁碼。 要進入下一頁或上一頁﹐按壓 或 鍵。

固定(暫停)圖文 電視顯示

鍵以顯示“ ”標誌在屏幕的 按壓 左上角。 要恢復正常觀看圖文電視時﹐按壓 鍵。

A/B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

,

(紅色﹐ 綠色﹐ 黃色﹐ 藍色)

PROG

WEGA WEGA GATE GATE

RETURN

TV

顯示被隱藏的信息 按壓 鍵。 (例如知識競賽答案) 要隱藏信息時﹐再次按壓此鍵。 放大圖文電視顯示

按壓 鍵。 每按一次 鍵﹐圖文電視顯示按以下 順序變化: 放大上半部 t 放大下半部 t 正常尺 寸。

觀看電視節目 時使圖文電視頁面 備用

(1) 輸入您要參閱的圖文電視頁碼﹐然後 按壓 鍵。 鍵以顯示 (2) 當頁碼顯示時﹐按壓 圖文內容。

選擇 FASTEXT 菜單 按壓與所要菜單或頁碼相對應的 或彩色格子 (紅色、綠色、黃色及藍色)鍵。 取消圖文電視

按壓 a 鍵。

註 • FASTEXT 功能僅可在有 FASTEXT 廣播的情況下使用。

14

高級操作

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


調整您的設定(MENU)

x 介紹 WEGA GATE 指示系統 WEGA GATE 是個允許您進入預設電視頻道﹐已連接的外接輸入﹐調頻收音模式 和“设定”菜單的通道。 WEGA GATE 01

“电视”

02 03 04

觀看預設電視頻道 (參考第 6 頁)。

05

1

“外接输入”

2

3

3 DVD

“调频收音” ---.-1-9

選擇連接裝置的輸入 (參考第 22 頁)。

收聽調頻收音(僅於 KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61) (參考第 12 頁)。

“设定”

改變電視機的設定 (參考第 16 頁)。

如何使用 WEGA GATE 菜單 WEGA GATE

电视 01 02 03 04 05

选择 结束

(1) 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以顯示 或取消 WEGA GATE 菜單。

确认

(3) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目。

WEGA GATE 01 02 03 04 05

(2) 按壓 鍵(或 b 鍵)以確定 您所選的項目或進入下一個階段 的菜單。 提示 • 前面控制板上的 WEGA GATE 鍵﹐

(4) 按壓 RETURN 鍵以回到之前的 階段。

鍵和 V,v,B,b 鍵也可用於上述操作。 調整您的設定(MENU) 高級操作

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

15


x“设定”調整 您可在 WEGA GATE 菜單里的“设定”改變電視機的設定。 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以顯示 WEGA GATE 菜單。按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“设 鍵。 定”﹐然後按壓 以下是可以被調整項目的總概況。

“图像设定”(參考第 17 頁) “图像模式”:“动态” “标准” “用户设定” “图像用户设定”:“对比度”﹐“亮度”﹐“颜色”﹐ “色调”﹐“锐度”﹐“重新设定” “彩色色调设定”:“冷色调” “自然色调” “暖色调” “关” “智能图像降噪”:“开”

“声音设定”(參考第 18 頁) “声音模式”:“动态” “标准” “用户设定” “声音用户设定”:“设定”﹐“重新设定” “平衡” “智能音量控制”:“开” “关” “环绕声”:“开” “模拟立体声” “关”

“频道设定”(參考第 19 頁) “自动调台” “手动调台” “频道”:“00” – “99” “电视系统”:“B/G” “I” “D/K” “VHF 低”/“VHF 高”/“UHF” “微调”:“自动” “手动” “关” “信号增强”:“自动” “频道排序/编辑” “调频收音设定”(僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61)

Language:

“M”

“设定”(參考第 21 頁) “语言/Language”:“English”(英文) “中文” “图像调节”:“图像旋转度调校”﹐“图像垂直位置调节” “视频输入标注”:“视频输入”﹐“标注” “彩色制式”:“自动” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58” “NTSC4.43” “出厂设定”:“是” “否”

註 • 當菜單顯示的功能呈暗淡色﹐您將無法選擇此功能。

16

調整您的設定(MENU)

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 調整“图像设定” “图像设定”菜單可使您調整圖像設定。

1 2

3

按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。 確認“图像设定”符號( 然後按壓 鍵。

)已被選擇﹐

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目 (例如﹐“图像模式”)﹐然後按壓

鍵。

選擇

“图像模式”

選擇“动态”、“标准”或“用户设定”*(參考第 11 頁)。

“彩色色调设定”

調整白色色澤。 選擇“冷色调”(藍色澤)、“自然色调”(自然色澤)或“暖色 调”(紅色澤)。

“智能图像降噪”

接收最理想的圖像效果。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“开”﹐然後按壓 要取消時﹐選擇“关”﹐然後按壓

鍵。

鍵。

* 僅當“用户设定”模式被選取時方可隨個人喜好調整“图像用户设定”和“彩色色调 设定”選項中的設定。

調整“用户设定”模式下的“图像用户设定”項目

1

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“对比度”、“亮度”、“颜色”、“色调”(顏色深淺) 或“锐度”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 選擇“重新设定”將會使電視機恢復到工廠設定。

2 3

按壓 V, v, B 或 b 鍵以調整您所選項目的設定﹐然後按壓

鍵。

重復上述步驟以調整其它項目。 當選擇“用户设定”項目時﹐您可接收已被調整的設定。

註 • 只有當彩色制式為 NTSC 時﹐您才能調整“色调”設定。 • 您也可減少“锐度”以降低圖像噪點。

調整您的設定(MENU)

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

17


x 調整“声音设定” “声音设定”菜單可使您調整音響設定。

1 2

按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。

3

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目 (例如﹐“声音模式”)﹐然後按壓

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“声音设定”符號 ( )﹐ 然後按壓 鍵。

選擇

“声音模式”

選擇“动态”、“标准”或“用户设定”*(參考第 11 頁)。

“平衡”

按壓 v 或 B 鍵以強調左揚聲器。 按壓 V 或 b 鍵以強調右揚聲器。

“智能音量控制”

自動調整所有頻道號碼和視頻輸入的音量。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“开”﹐然後按壓 要取消時﹐選擇“关”﹐然後按壓

“环绕声”

鍵。

鍵。

鍵。

選擇“开”(環繞聲)、“模拟立体声”(模擬立體聲的單聲道)或 “关”。

* 僅當“用户设定”模式被選取時方可隨個人喜好調整“声音用户设定”選項中的設定。

調整“用户设定”模式下的“声音用户设定”項目 “5-Band Graphic Equalizer”(5 波段互動音響均衡器)可使您在菜單上的“用户设 定”模式調整聲音頻率設定。

1

確認“设定”已被選定﹐然後按壓

鍵。

選擇“重新设定”將會使電視機恢復到工廠設定。

2

按壓 B 或 b 鍵以選擇所要的聲音頻率﹐然後按壓 V 或 v 鍵以調整設定再按壓 鍵。 當選擇“用户设定”模式時﹐您可接收已被調整的設定。

註 • 調整高頻率將影響高音調聲音﹐調整低頻率將影響低音調聲音。 • 您可直接用前面控制板的 SOUND MODE 鍵(僅於 KV-SW292M50/SW252M50)(參考第 8 頁)或按壓遙控器上的 鍵(參考第 11 頁)以顯示設定。

18

調整您的設定(MENU)

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 調整“频道设定” “频道设定”菜單可使您自動預設頻道﹐手動預設頻道﹐排序或編輯頻道和預設 調頻廣播電台。

1 2

按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。

3

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目(例如﹐“自动调台”)﹐然後按壓

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“频道设定”符號( 然後按壓 鍵。

)﹐

鍵。

選擇

“自动调台”

自動預設頻道。

“手动调台”

手動預設所要的頻道及不能自動預設的頻道 (參考第 20 頁的手 動預設頻道)。

“频道排序/编辑”

改變顯示在屏幕上的頻道順序﹐標註頻道號碼﹐跳越頻道號碼 和鎖定不要的頻道。 (參考第 6 頁的“初始化设定”的步驟 3)。

“调频收音设定”* (僅於 KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61)

最多可以預設 9 組的調頻廣播電台。 您可手動預設所處地區內可以接收的每個調頻廣播電台﹐然後 儲存所要調頻電台的廣播頻率。 (1) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要調頻廣播電台的位置﹐然後 按壓

鍵。

(2) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以搜尋調頻廣播電台。 當調諧到電台時﹐搜尋自動停止。 當該電台的信號微弱時﹐請按壓 B 或 b 鍵以手動微調廣 播頻率﹐然後按壓 鍵以儲存該頻道廣播電台。 (3) 您可編輯調頻廣播電台標註。按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇英 文、數字、字符進行標註﹐然後按壓

鍵。

(4) 重復步驟(1)至(3)以預設其它調頻廣播電台。 *

僅有調頻收音模式可讓您使用“调频收音设定”功能。若要 啟動此功能﹐使用 WEGA GATE 系統以進入調頻收音模式 (參考第 15 頁)或按壓前面控制板上的 FM 鍵(參考第 8 頁)﹐然後依照以上提及的步驟預設所要的調頻廣播電台。

註 • 若您預設一個鎖定的頻道號碼﹐該頻道號碼將自動解鎖。 • 若您排序一個鎖定的頻道﹐該頻道將保留在鎖定狀態。 續 調整您的設定(MENU)

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

19


手動預設頻道

1

在選擇“手动调台”之後﹐選擇您要預設頻道 的頻道號碼。 (1)確認“频道”已被選定﹐然後按壓

01

鍵。

VHF

(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵直到您要預設的頻道號碼 顯示在菜單上﹐然後按壓 鍵。

2 3

選擇所要的頻道。 (1)確認“VHF 低”、“VHF 高”或“UHF”已被選定﹐然後按壓

鍵。

(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵直到您所要的頻道顯示在電視屏幕上﹐然後按壓

鍵。

若所要頻道的聲音失真﹐則請選擇適當的電視系統。 (1)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“电视系统”﹐然後按壓 (2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵直到聲音正常為止﹐然後按壓

4

鍵。 鍵。

若您不滿意圖像和聲音質量﹐您可用“微调”來改善它。 (1)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“微调”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 (2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“手动”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 (3)按壓 V, v, B 或 b 鍵直到圖像和聲音最佳﹐然後按壓

鍵。

菜單上的 + 或 – 符號將會在調諧時閃爍。

5

若電視信號太強(圖像失真;圖像有線條;信號干擾)或微弱(圖像有雪花狀斑 點)﹐您可設定“信号增强”以改善圖像質量。 (1)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“信号增强”﹐然後按壓

鍵。

(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“关”(適用於圖像失真;圖像有線條;信號干擾) 鍵。 或“自动”(適用於圖像有雪花狀斑點)﹐然後按壓

20

調整您的設定(MENU)

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


x 調整“设定”菜單 “设定”菜單可使您更換菜單語言﹐調整圖像位置﹐標註所連接的裝置﹐選擇彩 色制式和使電視機恢復到工廠設定。

1 2

3

按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“设定”符號 ( 鍵。 然後按壓

)﹐

Language:

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目(例如﹐“语言/Language”)﹐然後按壓 選擇

“语言/Language”

更換菜單語言。

鍵。

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“English”(英文)或“中文”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 “图像调节”

調整電視屏幕上傾斜的圖像。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“图像旋转度调校”或“图像垂直位置调 节”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 按壓 V﹐v﹐B 或 b 鍵以調整圖像位置﹐然後按壓

“视频输入标注”

鍵。

標註所連接的裝置。 (1) 選擇“视频输入”並按壓

鍵。

按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇您要標註的輸入﹐然後按壓

鍵。

(2) 選擇“标注”並按壓 鍵﹐然後按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇標註 選項:“视频信号 1”/“视频信号 2”/“视频信号 3” “DVD”、“录像机”、“卫星节目”、“游戏机”或 “编辑”*。 *

您可用喜愛的名稱編輯視頻輸入標註。按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇英 鍵。

文、數字、字符進行標註﹐然後按壓 “彩色制式”

改變彩色制式。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“自动”、“PAL”、“SECAM”、 “NTSC 3.58”或“NTSC 4.43”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 通常將此設定為“自动”。

“出厂设定”

使電視機恢復到工廠設定。 按壓

鍵後再按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“是”﹐然後按壓

要取消時﹐選擇“否”﹐然後按壓 註 • 您無法在調頻收音模式裡選擇彩色制式。

鍵。

鍵。

調整您的設定(MENU)

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

21


附加信息

x 連接選購的裝置 連接至視頻輸入端子(t) 電視機前面的控制板

音頻/視頻電纜 (未提供)

L(MONO)

R

2

攝像機

天線電纜 (未提供)

電視機背後的控制板

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

電視、共用天線電視、 衛星 或 當無調頻信號時 天線 選擇器

調頻信號 電視信號

音頻/視頻電纜 (未提供)

錄像機 天線電纜 (未提供)

DVD 播放機

註 • 若將錄像機連接至 8(天線輸入)端子﹐請將錄像機輸出的信號預設至電視機上的頻道號碼 “0”(參考第 20 頁)。 • 僅具有調頻收音的型號可以接收調頻信號。

22

附加信息

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


連接至監視器輸出端子(T) 電視機背後的控制板

L

1

3

Y

CB

音頻系統 CR

音頻/視頻電纜 (未提供)

錄像機

連接至 DVD 分量信號輸入端子(

設置您的電視機

R

電視機背後的控制板 DVD 分量信號電纜 (未提供)

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

DVD 播放機 音頻電纜 (未提供)

註 • 當連接 DVD 播放機至電視機上的 (分量信號輸入端子) 時﹐若您的 DVD 播放機可輸出 隔行和逐行的掃描模式信號﹐則請選擇隔行掃描輸出。您的電視機可接收 525i/60 赫茲或 625i/50 赫茲的隔行掃描信號。 • 某些 DVD 播放機的插口可能標記為 Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/PR, Y/Cb/Cr 或 Y/B-Y/R-Y。 • 若您在電視屏幕上選擇“DVD”﹐T(監視器輸出)將不能輸出正常的信號。這並不表示發生 故障。

附加信息

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

23


x 故障檢修 若在觀看電視時遇見任何問題﹐您可使用“出厂设定”功能以解決問題或參考下 列故障檢修指南。若問題仍然存在﹐請聯絡 Sony 經銷商。

“出厂设定”功能 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵。選擇“设定”(“Settings”) 後進入“设定”(“Setup”) ( )菜單。從“设定”菜單里選擇“出厂设定”。然後選擇“是”並按壓 鍵。電視屏幕即呈現空白﹐約數秒後﹐“初始化设定”菜單將會顯示在電視屏幕 上。您的電視機將恢復到工廠設定﹐但一些電視故障可能會消失。 癥狀 圖像有雪花狀斑點﹐ 有噪聲

解決方法 • 檢查天線電纜以及電視機﹐錄像機和牆上的天線連接是否正確(參考第 22 頁)。 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。 • 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”以再次預設頻道(參考第 20 頁)。 • 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”裡的“信号增强”為“自动” (參考第 20 頁)。 • 嘗試使用外部信號增強器。

圖像失真﹐有噪聲

• 切斷外部信號增強器的電源或拔掉其插頭以終止其操作。 • 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”裡的“信号增强”為“关”(參考 第 20 頁)。

圖像良好﹐ 有噪聲

• 顯示“频道设定”菜單並在“手动调台”裡選擇適當的“电视系统”(參考 第 20 頁)。

沒有圖像﹐ 沒有聲音

• 檢查電源線﹐天線和錄像機之連接是否正確(參考第 22 頁)。 • 按壓 ?/1(電源)鍵以接通電視機的電源(參考第 9 頁)。 • 按壓電視機上的 !(主電源)鍵以切斷電視機的電源﹐五秒左右後再次接通 電源(參考第 8 頁)。

圖像良好﹐ 沒有聲音

• 按壓 2 + 鍵以提高音量水平(參考第 9 頁)。 • 按壓

圖像有點線或條紋

鍵以取消靜音(參考第 9 頁)。

• 不要在電視機旁使用吹風機或其它設備。 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。

圖像出現雙重影像

• 使用高定向天線。 • 使用“微调”功能(參考第 20 頁)。 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。 • 切斷外部信號增強器的電源或拔掉其插頭以終止其操作。

圖像無彩色

• 顯示“图像设定”菜單並選擇“图像模式”裡的“用户设定”﹐然後調整 “图像用户设定”裡的“颜色”水平(參考第 17 頁)。 • 顯示“设定”菜單及檢查“彩色制式”設定(一般將此設定為“自动”) (參考第 21 頁)。 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。

24

附加信息

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)


癥狀 圖像傾斜

解決方法 • 將外部揚聲器或其它電器放置在離電視機較遠的地方。 • 在“设定”菜單下顯示“图像调节”﹐並調整“图像旋转度调校”和“图像垂 直位置调节”以使圖像与電視屏幕對齊(參考第 21 頁)。

圖樣出現反常彩色斑 點

• 將外部揚聲器或其它電器放置在離電視機較遠的地方。請別在電視機打開時進 行搬移。按壓電視機上的 !(主電源)鍵以切斷電視機的電源﹐約 15 分鐘 後再將其打開以使電視機消磁。

立體聲廣播聲音開關 失常或聲音失真。

• 檢查天線電纜以及電視機﹐錄像機和牆上的天線連接是否正確(參考 第 22 頁)。

• 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。

聲音頻繁地轉換於單 聲道和立體聲之間。 (僅於 KV-SW342 M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61) 圖文電視顯示不完全 (圖像有雪花狀斑點 或雙重影像)。 (僅於 KV-SW342 M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61)

• 檢查天線電纜以及電視機﹐錄像機和牆上的天線連接是否正確(參考 第 22 頁)。 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。 • 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”裡的“信号增强”為“自动” (參考第 20 頁)。 • 嘗試使用外部信號增強器。 • 使用“微调”功能(參考第 20 頁)。

電視機不能接收調頻 廣播電台。 (僅於 KV-SW342 M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61)

• 通過一個天線選擇器(開關)﹐連接另外一個調頻天線和電視頻道源至您的電 視機(參考第 22 頁)。

電視機上的 1(待機) • 指示燈每隔三秒閃爍 至少一次的紅色亮光。

計算 1(待機)指示燈的亮光次數。按壓 !(主電源)鍵以切斷電視機的電 源。通知您鄰近的 Sony 維修服務中心。

電視屏幕有時會在更 換頻道時呈顯空白﹐ 空白時間比一般略 長。

• “信号增强”正在操作以探測微弱的信號。這並不表示發生故障。

電視機外殼吱嘎聲。

• 室溫的變化有時會導致電視機的外殼膨脹或縮小﹐因此產生噪聲。這並不表示 發生故障。

當您接通電視機時﹐ 聽到“ ”的聲音。

• 電視機自動消磁。這並不表示發生故障。

附加信息

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)

25


x Specifications KV-SW342M61 Power requirements

KV-SW292M61 KV-SW292M60

KV-SW252M61 KV-SW252M50

Note

110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV Television system

B/G, I, D/K, M

Color system

PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43

Stereo/Bilingual system

NICAM Stereo/Bilingual B/G, I, D/K; A2 Stereo/Bilingual B/G

KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only

Teletext language

English, French

KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only

Channel coverage B/G

VHF : E2 to E12 /UHF : E21 to E69 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41

I

UHF : B21 to B68 /CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41

D/K

VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 / UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39

M

VHF : A2 to A13 /UHF : A14 to A79 / CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84

8 (Antenna)

75-ohm external terminal

Audio output (Speaker)

6W+6W

Number of terminal (Video)

Input: 3

Output: 1

Input: 4

Output: 1

(Audio) (Component Video)

i (Headphone) FM Radio Tuning Range Intermediate Frequency

Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms Phono jacks; 500 mVrms

Input: 1

Phono jacks; Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, sync negative CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms

Output: 1

Stereo minijack

87.5 - 108.0 MHz

KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only

10.7 MHz 34 in.

29 in.

25 in.

Tube size (cm)

86

72

64

Measured diagonally

Screen size (cm)

80

68

60

Measured diagonally

Dimensions (w/h/d, mm)

895 × 678 × 578

780 × 583 × 523

696 × 517 × 522

75

47

36

Picture tube

Mass (kg)

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

26

Additional Information

Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)


2-635-887-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV GB

Operating Instructions • Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future reference.

KV-SW342 KV-SW292 KV-SW252 N60

© 2005 Sony Corporation

01GB01COV-STMMly.p65

1 Black

7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


WARNING • Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV. • TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC. • Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna and other terminals to ground. • To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch any part of the TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during lightning storms.

For children’s safety, do not leave children alone with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.

To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.

Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.

Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object falls into it. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel only.

Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the bottom area of the TV.

Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a bookcase or built-in cabinet.

Your TV is recommended for home use only. Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or vibrations.

Do not plug in too many appliances to the same power socket. Do not damage the power cord.

Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the TV as high voltages and other hazards are present inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the TV to qualified personnel.

Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.

Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned off, it is still connected to the AC power source (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in. Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not going to use it for several days.

2

01GB02WAR-STMMly.p65

2 Black

7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


Table of Contents Installation

Menu Adjustment

Securing the TV .................................... 4 Getting Started ..................................... 5 Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6

Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator ............................................. 14 “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 15 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 16 Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 17

Overview of Controls TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 Using the remote control and basic functions ...................................... 9

Changing the “Channel Setup” setting .................................................. 18 Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 19

GB Additional Information

Advanced Operations Selecting the picture and sound modes .................................................. 11 Listening to the FM Radio ................ 12 Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs ............................................. 13

Connecting optional components ... 20 Troubleshooting ................................. 22 Specifications ...................... Back cover

3

01GB03TOC-STMMly.p65

3 Black

7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


Installation

x Securing the TV To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to secure the TV.

20 mm 3.8 mm screws

clamps

band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or (1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps. (2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and the other clamp to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or (1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to the provided holders at the rear of your TV. (2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain to a wall or pillar using an attachment which can support the TV set weight.

Note • Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

4

Installation

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65

4 Black

7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


x Getting Started 1Step 1 Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.

b

Note • Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Installation

Step 2 Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8 (antenna input) at the rear of the TV. Tips • Your TV can receive both TV and FM radio signal from the appropriate connections through the 8 (antenna input) terminal (see page 20). • You can also connect your TV to other optional components (see page 20).

Step 3

b

Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to turn it on. Note • The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Step 4 Set up the TV by following the instructions of the “Initial Setup” menu (see page 6). Select

Confirm

End

Installation

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65

5 Black

7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)

5


x Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, edit the channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote control or TV front panel.

1

Press V or v to select the desired menu language, then press . The selected menu language appears. Select

2

End

Confirm

Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press to preset the channels automatically. The screen will indicate automatic presetting in progress. Select

After all available channels have been tuned and stored, the “Program Edit” menu appears automatically on the screen. To skip automatic channel presetting, select “No”, then press .

End

Confirm

Program:

1

Searching... End

If the message “No channel found. Please connect cable/antenna” appears, check your TV connections, then press .

3

The “Program Edit” menu enables you to edit the channels. a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. b) Press V or v to select the program number with the channel you wish to change. The selected channel will appear on the screen. c) If you wish to edit the channels, press to enter edit mode. Press b until the mode that you wish to edit is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol). Then press . 1) To label, press V or v to select the alphanumeric characters for the label. Then press .

6

Program Edit PROG Label Skip 1 Off 2 Off 3 Off 4 Off Edit: Select

Confirm

Exit

Select

Confirm

Exit

Installation

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65

6 Black

7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


2) To skip the program number, press V or v to select “On”. Then press . You can skip this program number when using PROG +/-. 3) To block unwanted program number, press V or v to select . Then press .

Confirm

Exit

Select

Confirm

Exit

d) Repeat step b) to c) if you wish to change other channels. Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.

4

Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top and bottom of the menu if they are slanted, then press . “Picture V-Position” menu appears.

5

If the upper and lower bars are not equally positioned to the top and bottom of the screen, press V or v to adjust them, then press . If no adjustment is necessary, then press

6

Select

Confirm

End

Select

Confirm

End

Installation

Select

.

To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from appearing again when you turn on the TV by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”, then press . To allow this menu to appear again, select “Yes”, then press .

Select

Confirm

Tip • You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.

Installation

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65

7 Black

7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)

7


Overview of Controls

x TV front and rear panels TV rear panel

qa R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

qf qd qs TV front panel

9

0

87

65

4

3 2

1

WEGA GATE

L(MONO)

2

R

FM

PROG

Button/Terminal 1 ! 2 1

Function Turn off or turn on the TV. Standby indicator. 2 Wake Up indicator. 3 Remote control sensor. 4 PROG +/– Select program number. 5 2 +/– Adjust volume. 6 t Select TV or video input. WEGA GATE menu operations 4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items.

8 9 0 qa qs qd qf

8

Page 5 5 10 – – – 20 14

6 7 WEGA GATE

Confirm selected items.

14

Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu.

14

FM

Listen to FM Radio.

12

t2 i

Video input terminal 2. Headphone jack. Component video input terminal. Monitor output terminal. Video input terminal 1, 3. Antenna input terminal.

20 – 21 21 20 20

T t1, t3 8

Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65

8 Black

7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


x Using the remote control and basic functions 0

qd

qf

1

Overview of Controls

qa qs

A/B

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

3 PROG

4 5

qg qh

qj WEGA GATE

RETURN

6

qk

7

ql w;

8 9 TV

Button 1 ?/1

Description Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV.

2 a 3

Display the TV program.

Jump to last program number that has been watched for at least five seconds.

4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 8

Page –

Select program number.

Adjust volume.

Change the picture size: “On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.

9 0 qa qd t qf 0 – 9

Select surround mode options. Display on-screen information. Mute the sound.

17 – –

Select TV or video input.

20

Input numbers. For program numbers 10 and above, enter the second digit within two seconds.

ql

Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

11

w;

Select picture mode options.

11 continue Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65

9 Black

7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)

9


continued Button Description WEGA GATE menu operations

Page

6

Confirm selected items.

7 WEGA GATE qj V, v, B, b

Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.

14

Select and adjust items.

qk RETURN Timer operations

Return to the previous level

qg

Set TV to turn on automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).

(Wake up timer)

The indicator on TV lights up amber once you set the wake up timer. If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using the wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into standby mode. Set TV to turn off automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of one hour and 30 min.).

qh (Sleep timer)

Teletext operations (green label)

, ,

,

,

, ,

, ,

Not function for your TV.

(red, green, yellow, blue) PIP operations –

, , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. Stereo/bilingual operations qs A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode.

10

13

Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-STMMly.p65

10 Black

7/6/05, 11:27 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound modes You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your preference in the “Custom” option.

Selecting the picture mode Press

A/B

to select the desired picture mode.

1

2

3

Select

4

5

6

“Vivid”

contrast and sharp pictures.

7

8

9

“Standard”

normal pictures.

“Custom”

the last adjusted picture setting from the “Picture Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 16).

0

PROG

To view

WEGA GATE

RETURN

TV

Selecting the sound mode Press

(or SOUND MODE on the front panel) to select the desired sound mode.

5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear. Select

To listen to Dynamic

“Dynamic”

dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Standard

“Standard”

sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Custom”

the last adjusted sound setting from the “Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 17).

Custom

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65

11 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)

11


x Listening to the FM Radio You are able to listen to the FM radio stations using your TV. To access to FM Radio mode: Press WEGA GATE button and select “FM Radio” (see page 14). or Press FM button on the front panel (see page 8). To exit from FM Radio mode: Press WEGA GATE button, select the desired items: “TV” or “External Inputs”, then press . Select the desired TV channel or external inputs and press . or Press FM button on the front panel.

Listening to preset stations A/B

1 2

A/B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

PROG

3

PROG +/–

V, v, B, b

WEGA GATE

RETURN

WEGA GATE

Access to FM Radio mode. Press WEGA GATE button and select “Settings”. Preset the desired FM radio stations in “FM Radio Setup” from “Channel Setup” menu (see page 18). Exit from “Channel Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE button. The selected preset FM radio station number and label will appear on the screen. To select the desired preset FM radio station, press PROG +/–. Tip • You can also use the 1-9 buttons on the remote control to directly select the desired preset FM radio station.

TV

Listening to non-preset stations

1 2

Access to FM Radio mode.

3

If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the radio frequency manually.

Press V or v to search for the desired FM radio station. The preset number and label will not be displayed.

Notes • You can only operate V, v, B and b functions using the remote control buttons in FM Radio mode. • The available radio frequency is only for temporary listening pleasure and cannot be stored in the memory. • If the message “Please setup FM Radio” appears, display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “FM Radio Setup” to preset the desired FM radio stations (see page 18). Note • When a FM stereo program has static noise, press A/B until “Mono” appears. There will be no stereo effect, but the noise will be reduced.

12

Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65

12 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of MTS (Multi-Channel TV Sound) stereo system by using A/B button.

Select stereo or bilingual programs Press A/B until you receive the sound you want. A/B

A/B

Select

To listen to

1

2

3

“Stereo”

stereo broadcast sound.

4

5

6

“Auto SAP”

7

8

9

SAP (Second Audio Program) broadcast sound.

“Mono”

monaural sound.

0

PROG

WEGA GATE

RETURN

TV

Notes • When select “Auto SAP”, non-SAP program sound will be same as “Stereo” mode sound. • If the stereo signal is very week, the stereo broadcast sound may become noisy. To reduce the noise select “Mono”.

Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65

13 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)

13


Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you access to preset TV channels, connected external inputs, FM Radio mode and “Settings” menu. TV

WEGA GATE TV

1

External Inputs FM Radio Settings

2 3

“TV”

watch the preset TV channels (see page 6)

4 5

Select

Select

Confirm

Confirm

End

External Inputs

“External Inputs”

1

Video 1

2

Video 2

3

select the inputs for the connected equipment (see page 20)

Video 3 DVD

Select End

Confirm

FM Radio

“FM Radio”

listen to the FM Radio (see page 12)

Preset 1:

---.--

Please setup FM Radio Select Preset 1-9 Search Fine

–PROG+

Exit

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

“Settings”

Select

End

Confirm

change the settings of your TV (see page 15)

How to use WEGA GATE TV

WEGA GATE TV

1 2 3 4 5 Select

External Inputs FM Radio Settings Select

Confirm

(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.

(3) Press V or v to select the desired item.

TV

WEGA GATE TV

1 2 3 4 5 Select

External Inputs FM Radio Settings Confirm

End

(2) Press (or b) to confirm your selection or go to the next level. Tip • The WEGA GATE, above.

14

Confirm

End

Select

Confirm

(4) Press RETURN to move to the previous level.

and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the operations

Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65

14 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


x “Settings” Adjustment You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in WEGA GATE menu. Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select “Settings” and press . The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted.

”Picture” (see page 16)

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

Select

Confirm

End

Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select

Confirm

“Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom” “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”, “Sharpness”, “Reset” “Neutral” “Warm” “Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”

End

”Sound” (see page 17) “Standard” “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset” “Balance” “Off” “Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”

”Channel Setup” (see page 18)

Channel Setup Cable: Auto Program Program Edit

On

“Cable”: “On” “Off” “Auto Program” “Program Edit” “FM Radio Setup”

FM Radio Setup

Select

Confirm

Setup Language:

End

English

Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings

Select

Confirm

Auto

End

“Custom”

”Setup” (see page 19) “Language”: “English” “ ” (Chinese) “Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position” “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label” “Color System”: “Auto” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58” “NTSC4.43” (for video input only) “Factory Settings”: “Yes” “No”

Note • When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65

15 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)

15


x Changing the “Picture” setting The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Make sure the “Picture” icon ( selected, then press .

) is

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press Select

To

“Picture Mode”

choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).

“Color Temperature”

adjust white color tint. Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or “Warm” (red tint).

“Intelligent Picture”

optimize picture quality. Press V or v to select “On”, then press To cancel, select “Off”, then press

.

.

.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and “Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode

1

Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press . Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 3

Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press

.

Repeat the above steps to adjust other items. The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Note • Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

16

Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65

16 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


x Changing the “Sound” setting The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Sound” icon ( ), then press .

Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press Select

To

“Sound Mode”

choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).

“Balance”

Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker. Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.

“Intelligent Volume”

adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs automatically. Press V or v to select “On”, then press . To cancel, select “Off”, then press

“Surround”

.

.

choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound) or “Off”.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment” option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings of “Custom” mode in the menu.

1

Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press

.

Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2

Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to adjust the setting and press . The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes • Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency will affect lower pitched sound. button on the remote control (see page • You may display the settings directly by using the 11). Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-STMMly.p65

17 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)

17


x Changing the “Channel Setup” setting The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically, manually preset channels, edit the channels and preset FM radio stations.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup” icon ( ), then press .

Channel Setup Cable: Auto Program Program Edit FM Radio Setup

Select

3

End

Confirm

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Cable”), then press

.

Select

To

“Cable”

receive cable TV programs. Press V or v to select “On”, then press . If you select “Cable: On”, you will be able to receive 125 cable TV channels. If there are no cable TV channels, you will receive VHF broadcast channels only. To receive only VHF and UHF broadcast channels, select “Off”, then press .

“Auto Program”

preset channels automatically.

“Program Edit”

label the program number, skip the program number and block unwanted programs. (see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6).

“FM Radio Setup”*

18

On

preset up to nine FM radio stations. You can manually preset each FM radio station that can be received in your area and then store the radio frequency of the desired FM radio stations. (1) Press V or v to select the desired FM radio station position, . then press (2) Press V or v to search the FM radio stations. Searching stops automatically when a station is tuned in. If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the radio frequency manually, then press to store the FM radio station. (3) You may edit the FM radio station label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press . (4) Repeat steps (1) through (3) to preset other FM radio stations. * The “FM Radio Setup” feature is only available in FM Radio mode. To enable this feature, access to FM Radio mode by using WEGA GATE system (see page 14) or pressing the FM button on the front panel (see page 8), then preset your desired FM radio stations according to the steps mentioned above.

Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-STMMly.p65

18 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


x Changing the “Setup” setting The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your TV to factory settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon ( then press .

Setup Language: Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings

),

Select

3

English

Auto

End

Confirm

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press Select

To

“Language”

change the menu language. Press V or v to select either “English” or “ . then press

“Picture Position”

.

” (Chinese),

adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen. Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”, then press . Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press

.

“Video Label”

label the connected equipment. (1) Select “Video Input” and press . Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press . (2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label options: “Video 1”/ “Video 2”/ “Video 3”/ “DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*. * You may edit the video label to your favorite name. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .

“Color System”

select the color system (for video input only). Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, . Normally, set this to “NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press “Auto”.

“Factory Settings”

reset your TV to factory settings. Press and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press

.

To cancel, select “No”, then press

Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-STMMly.p65

19 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)

19


Additional Information

x Connecting optional components Connecting to the video input terminal ( t ) TV front panel

Audio/Video cable (not supplied)

L(MONO)

R

2

Camcorder

Antenna cable (not supplied)

TV rear panel

TV, CATV, Satellite or When there is no FM signal R

L

1

3

Y

CB

Antenna selector

CR

FM signal

TV signal

Audio/Video cable (not supplied) VCR Antenna cable (not supplied) DVD player

20

Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-STMMly.p65

20 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

Audio/Video cable (not supplied)

VCR

Connecting to the component video input terminal (

)

TV rear panel

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

Component video cable (not supplied)

CR

DVD player Audio cable (not supplied)

Notes • If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals. • The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/ PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y. • If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-STMMly.p65

21 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)

21


x Troubleshooting If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.

“Factory Settings” function Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu. From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press . Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be solved. Symptom

22

Solutions

Snowy picture, noisy sound

• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 20). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Preset the channel again (see page 18). • Try using an external booster.

Distorted picture, noisy sound

• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.

No picture, no sound

• Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 20). • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9). • Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds, then turn it on again (see page 8).

Good picture, no sound

• Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9). to cancel the muting (see page 9). • Press • Press A/B until “Stereo” or “Mono” appears on the screen (see page 13).

Dotted lines or stripes

• Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

Double images or “ghosts”

• Use a highly directional antenna. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.

No color

• Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 16). • Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting (usually set this to “Auto”) (for video input only) (see page 19). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

Picture slant

• Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV. • Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV screen (see page 19).

Abnormal color patches

• Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to demagnetize the TV.

Additional Information

01GB08ADV-STMMly.p65

22 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


Symptom

Solutions

TV cannot receive stereo broadcast sound

• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 20).

or

• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

Stereo broadcast sound switches on and off or is distorted. TV cannot receive FM radio station.

• Connect a separate FM antenna and the TV channel source through an antenna selector (switch) to your TV (see page 20).

The 1 (standby) indicator on your TV flashes red several times after every three seconds.

• Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes. Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony service center.

TV cabinet creaks.

• Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.

A small “boom” sound is heard when the TV is turned on.

• The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Additional Information

01GB08ADV-STMMly.p65

23 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)

23


x Specifications KV-SW342N60

KV-SW292N60

KV-SW252N60

Power requirements

110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Power consumption (W)

Indicated on the rear of the TV

Television system

M

Color system

NTSC3.58, PAL*, PAL 60*, SECAM*, NTSC 4.43*

Stereo/Bilingual system

MTS

Channel coverage

VHF : 2 to 13 /UHF : 14 to 69 /CATV : 1 to 125

8 (Antenna)

75-ohm external terminal

Audio output (Speaker)

6W+6W

Number of terminal (Video)

Input: 3

Output: 1

(Audio)

Input: 4

Output: 1

(Component Video)

i (Headphone) FM Radio Tuning Range Intermediate Frequency

Note

* AV IN only

Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms Phono jacks; 500 mVrms

Input: 1

Phono jacks; Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, sync negative CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms

Output: 1

Stereo minijack

87.5 - 108.0 MHz 7.9 MHz

Picture tube

34 in.

29 in.

25 in.

Tube size

859 mm

724 mm

639 mm

Measured diagonally

Viewing screen size

803 mm

679 mm

598 mm

Measured diagonally

Dimensions (w/h/d)

895 × 678 × 578 mm 780 × 583 × 523 mm

Mass

75 kg

47 kg

696 × 517 × 522 mm 36 kg

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

24

Additional Information

01GB08ADV-STMMly.p65

24 Black

7/6/05, 11:28 PM

Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)


2-639-391-11 (1)

Trinitron Color TV ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ ’ Trinitron GB

Operating Instructions • Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future reference.

‰∑¬

§ŸË¡◊Õ°“√„™Èß“π •

°ËÕπ‡√‘Ë¡°“√„™Èß“π°√ÿ≥“ÕË“π§ŸË¡◊Õπ’È‚¥¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑—ÈßÀ¡¥·≈–‡°Á∫√—°…“§ŸË¡◊Õ‰«È ”À√—∫ÕÈ“ßÕ‘ß„π‚Õ°“ µËÕʉª

KV-SW292 KV-SW252 M50

© 2005 Sony Corporation

01GB01COV-SOEMMix.p65

1 Black

14/6/05, 7:58 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


WARNING • Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV. • TV operating voltage: 220 – 240 V AC. • Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna and other terminals to ground. • To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.

For your own safety, do not touch any part of the TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during lightning storms.

For children’s safety, do not leave children alone with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.

To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.

Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.

Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object falls into it. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel only.

Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the bottom area of the TV.

Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a bookcase or built-in cabinet.

Your TV is recommended for home use only. Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or vibrations.

Do not plug in too many appliances to the same power socket. Do not damage the power cord.

Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the TV as high voltages and other hazards are present inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the TV to qualified personnel.

Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.

Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned off, it is still connected to the AC power source (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in. Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not going to use it for several days.

2

01GB02WAR-SOEMMix.p65

2 Black

14/6/05, 7:59 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


Table of Contents Installation

Menu Adjustment

Securing the TV .................................... 4 Getting started ...................................... 5 Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6

Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator ............................................. 12 “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 13 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 14 Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 15

Overview of Controls TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 Using the remote control and basic functions ...................................... 9

Changing the “Channel Setup” setting .................................................. 16 Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 18

GB Additional Information

Advanced Operations Selecting the picture and sound modes .................................................. 11

Connecting optional components ... 19 Troubleshooting ................................. 21 Specifications ...................................... 23

3

01GB03TOC-SOEMMix.p65

3

Black

14/6/05, 8:00 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


Installation

x Securing the TV To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to secure the TV.

20 mm 3.8 mm screws

clamps

band

Screw the band to the TV stand and to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or (1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps. (2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and the other clamp to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.

or

(1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to the provided holders at the rear of your TV. (2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain to a wall or pillar using an attachment which can support the TV set weight.

Note • Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.

4

Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65

4 Black

14/6/05, 8:00 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


x Getting Started 1Step 1 Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.

b

Note • Do not use old or different types of batteries together.

Installation

Step 2 Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8 (antenna input) at the rear of the TV. Tip • You can also connect your TV to other optional components (see page 19).

Step 3

b

Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to turn it on. Note • The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Step 4 Set up the TV by following the instructions of the “Initial Setup” menu (see page 6). Select

Confirm

End

Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65

5

Black

14/6/05, 8:00 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)

5


x Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, sort or edit the channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote control or TV front panel.

1

Press V or v to select the desired menu language, then press . The selected menu language appears. Select

2

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press to preset the channels automatically. The screen will indicate automatic presetting is in progress. Select

After all available channels have been tuned and stored, the “Program Sorting/Edit” menu appears automatically on the screen.

Confirm

End

Program: TV System: VHF Low

01 Auto

To skip automatic channel presetting, select “No”, then press .

End

If the message “No channel found. Please connect cable/antenna” appears, check your TV connections, then press .

3

The “Program Sorting/Edit” menu enables you to sort and edit the channels. a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. b) Press V or v to select the program number with the channel you wish to change. The selected channel will appear on the screen. c) If you wish to store the channels in a different order: 1) Press b to enter sorting mode. 2) Press V or v to select the new program number position for your selected channel, then press B.

6

Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 Off 04 Off Edit: Sorting: Select

Confirm

Exit

Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 01 Off 04 Off Sorting mode Select

Confirm

Exit

Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65

6 Black

14/6/05, 8:01 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


d) If you wish to edit the channels, press to change to edit mode. Press b until the mode that you wish to edit is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol). Then press . 1) To label, press V or v to select the alphanumeric characters for the label. Then press .

Confirm

Exit

Select

Confirm

Exit

Select

Confirm

Exit

2) To skip the program number, press V or v to select “On”. Then press . You can skip this program number when using PROG +/-. 3) To block unwanted program number, press V or v to select . Then press . e) Repeat step b) to d) if you wish to change other channels.

Installation

Select

Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.

4

Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top and bottom of the menu if they are . slanted, then press Select

Confirm

End

Select

Confirm

End

“Picture V-Position” menu appears.

5

If the upper and lower bars are not equally positioned to the top and bottom of the screen, press V or v to . adjust them, then press If no adjustment is necessary, then press

6

.

To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from appearing again when you turn on the TV by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”, . then press To allow this menu to appear again, select “Yes”, then press .

Select

Confirm

Tip • You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.

Installation

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65

7

Black

14/6/05, 8:01 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)

7


Overview of Controls

x TV front and rear panels TV rear panel

qa R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

qf qd qs TV front panel

9

0

87

65

4

3 2

1

WEGA GATE

L(MONO)

2

R

SOUND MODE

PROG

Button/Terminal 1 !

Function Turn off or turn on the TV.

2 2 3 4 5 6

Standby indicator.

5

Wake Up indicator.

10

1

Page 5

Remote control sensor.

PROG +/–

Select program number.

2 +/–

Adjust volume.

t Select TV or video input. WEGA GATE menu operations 4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items.

6 7 WEGA GATE

8

12

Confirm selected items.

12

Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu.

12

Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

11

t2

Video input terminal 2.

19

i

Headphone jack.

8 SOUND MODE 9 0 qa qs qd qf

19

Component video input terminal.

20

T

Monitor output terminal.

19

t1, t3

Video input terminal 1, 3.

19

8

Antenna input terminal.

19

Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65

8 Black

14/6/05, 8:01 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


x Using the remote control and basic functions 0

qd

qf

1

Overview of Controls

qa qs

A/B

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

3 PROG

4 5

qg qh

qj WEGA GATE

RETURN

6

qk

7

ql w;

8 9 TV

Button 1 ?/1

Description Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV.

2 a 3

Display the TV program.

Jump to last program number that has been watched for at least five seconds.

4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 8

Page –

Select program number.

Adjust volume.

Change the picture size: “On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.

9 0 qa qd t qf 0 – 9

Select surround mode options. Display on-screen information. Mute the sound.

15 – –

Select TV or video input.

19

Input numbers. For program numbers 10 and above, enter the second digit within two seconds.

ql

Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.

11

w;

Select picture mode options.

11 continue Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65

9

Black

14/6/05, 8:01 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)

9


continued Button Description WEGA GATE menu operations

Page

6

Confirm selected items.

7 WEGA GATE qj V, v, B, b

Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.

12

Select and adjust items.

qk RETURN Timer operations

Return to the previous level.

qg

Set TV to turn on automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).

(Wake up timer)

The indicator on TV lights up amber once you set the wake up timer. If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using the wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into standby mode. Set TV to turn off automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of one hour and 30 min.).

qh (Sleep timer)

Teletext operations (green label) Not function for your TV.

, , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. Stereo/bilingual operations qs A/B Not function for your TV.

, ,

, , , , , , (red, green, yellow, blue) PIP operations

10

Overview of Controls

01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65

10 Black

14/6/05, 8:01 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


Advanced Operations

x Selecting the picture and sound modes You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your preference in the “Custom” option.

Selecting the picture mode Press

A/B

to select the desired picture mode.

1

2

3

Select

To view

4

5

6

“Vivid”

contrast and sharp pictures.

7

8

9

“Standard”

normal pictures.

“Custom”

the last adjusted picture setting from the “Picture Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 14).

0

PROG

WEGA GATE

RETURN

TV

Selecting the sound mode Press

(or SOUND MODE on the front panel) to select the desired sound mode.

5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear. Select

To listen to Dynamic

“Dynamic”

dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Standard

“Standard”

sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.

100 300 1k 3k 8k

“Custom”

the last adjusted sound setting from the “Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 15).

Custom

100 300 1k 3k 8k

Advanced Operations

01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65

11

Black

14/6/05, 8:02 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)

11


Menu Adjustment

x Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you to access to preset TV channels, connected external inputs and “Settings” menu. WEGA GATE TV

TV 01

External Inputs Settings

“TV”

02 03

watch the preset TV channels (see page 6)

04 05

Select

Confirm

Select

Confirm

End

External Inputs

“External Inputs”

1

Video 1

2

Video 2

3

Video 3

select the inputs for the connected equipment (see page 19)

DVD

Select End

Confirm

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

“Settings”

Select

Confirm

change the settings of your TV (see page 13)

End

How to use WEGA GATE TV

WEGA GATE TV External Inputs Settings

Select

Confirm

(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.

01 02 03 04 05 Select

(3) Press V or v to select the desired item.

TV

WEGA GATE TV

01 02 03 04 05 Select

External Inputs Settings

Confirm Select

End

(2) Press (or b) to confirm your selection or go to the next level. Tip • The WEGA GATE, operations above.

12

Confirm

End

Confirm

(4) Press RETURN to move to the previous level.

and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the

Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65

12 Black

6/14/05, 11:21 PM

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


x “Settings” Adjustment You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in WEGA GATE menu. Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select “Settings” and press . The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted.

”Picture” (see page 14)

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

Select

Confirm

End

Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select

Confirm

“Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom” “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”, “Sharpness”, “Reset” “Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Neutral” “Warm” “Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”

End

”Sound” (see page 15) “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Standard” “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset” “Balance” “Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Off” “Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”

”Channel Setup” (see page 16) “Auto Program” “Manual Program” “Program”: “00” - “99” “TV System”: “B/G” “I” “D/K” “VHF Low”/“VHF High”/“UHF” “Fine”: “Auto” “Manual” “Signal Booster”: “Auto” “Off” “Program Sorting/Edit”

Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit

Select

Confirm

Setup Language:

End

English

Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings

Select

Confirm

Auto

End

“Custom”

“M”

”Setup” (see page 18) “Language”: “English” “ ” (Thai) “Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position” “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58” “Color System”: “Auto” “NTSC4.43” “Factory Settings”: “Yes” “No”

Note • When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.

Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65

13

Black

14/6/05, 8:02 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)

13


x Changing the “Picture” setting The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Make sure the “Picture” icon ( selected, then press .

) is

Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On

Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press Select

To

“Picture Mode”

choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).

“Color Temperature”

adjust white color tint. Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or “Warm” (red tint).

“Intelligent Picture”

optimize picture quality. Press V or v to select “On”, then press To cancel, select “Off”, then press .

.

.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and “Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode

1

Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press . Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2 3

Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press

.

Repeat the above steps to adjust other items. The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes • “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only. • Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.

14

Menu Adjustment

01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65

14 Black

14/6/05, 8:02 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


x Changing the “Sound” setting The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Sound” icon ( ), then press .

Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press Select

To

“Sound Mode”

choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).

“Balance”

Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker. Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.

“Intelligent Volume”

adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs automatically. Press V or v to select “On”, then press . To cancel, select “Off”, then press

“Surround”

.

.

choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound) or “Off”.

* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment” option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.

Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings of “Custom” mode in the menu.

1

Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press

.

Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.

2

Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to adjust the setting and press . The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.

Notes • Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency will affect lower pitched sound. • You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the TV front panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11). Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65

15

Black

14/6/05, 8:06 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)

15


x Changing the “Channel Setup” setting The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically, manually preset channels and sort or edit the channels.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit

Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup” icon ( ), then press .

Select

3

Confirm

End

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press Select

.

To

“Auto Program”

preset channels automatically.

“Manual Program”

manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually in page 17).

“Program Sorting/Edit”

change the order in which the channels appear on the screen, label the program number, skip the program number and block unwanted programs. (see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6).

Notes • If you preset a blocked program number, that program number will be unblocked automatically. • If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.

16

Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65

16 Black

14/6/05, 8:06 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


Presetting channels manually

1

After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program number to which you want to preset a channel. (1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press

.

(2) Press V or v until the program number you want to preset appears on the menu, then press .

2

Manual Program Program: TV System: VHF Low Fine: Signal Booster: Select

Confirm

01 B/G Auto Auto

End

Select the desired channel. (1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press . (2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen, then press .

3

If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV system. (1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press

.

(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press

4

.

If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press

.

(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press

.

(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press

.

The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.

5

If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press

.

(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .

Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65

17

Black

14/6/05, 8:06 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)

17


x Changing the “Setup” setting The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your TV to factory settings.

1 2

Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon ( then press .

Setup Language: Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings

),

Select

3

English

Auto

End

Confirm

Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press Select

To

“Language”

change the menu language. Press V or v to select either “English” or “ then press .

“Picture Position”

.

” (Thai),

adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen. Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”, . then press Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press

.

“Video Label”

label the connected equipment. (1) Select “Video Input” and press . Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press . (2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label options: “Video 1”/ “Video 2”/ “Video 3”/ “DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*. * You may edit the video label to your favorite name. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .

“Color System”

select the color system. Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, . Normally, set this to “NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press “Auto”.

“Factory Settings”

reset your TV to factory settings. Press and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press

.

To cancel, select “No”, then press

18

Menu Adjustment

01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65

18 Black

14/6/05, 8:06 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


Additional Information

x Connecting optional components Connecting to the video input terminal ( t ) TV front panel

Audio/Video cable (not supplied) L(MONO)

R

2

Camcorder TV rear panel

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

Antenna cable (not supplied)

CR

VCR Audio/Video cable (not supplied) DVD Player

Note • If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the program number 0 on the TV (see page 17).

Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )

TV rear panel

Audio system R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

Audio/Video cable (not supplied)

VCR

continue Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-SOEMMix.p65

19

Black

14/6/05, 8:07 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)

19


continued

Connecting to the component video input terminal (

)

TV rear panel

R

L

1

3

Y

CB

CR

Component video cable (not supplied) DVD player Audio cable (not supplied)

Notes • If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals. • The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/ PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y. • If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

20

Additional Information

01GB07ADJ-SOEMMix.p65

20 Black

14/6/05, 8:07 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


x Troubleshooting If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.

“Factory Settings” function Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu. From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press . Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be solved. Symptom

Solutions

Snowy picture, noisy sound

• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 19). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “Manual Program” to preset the channel again (see page 17). • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from “Manual Program” (see page 17). • Try using an external booster.

Distorted picture, noisy sound

• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from “Manual Program”(see page 17).

Good picture, noisy sound

• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select the appropriate “TV System” from “Manual Program” (see page 17).

No picture, no sound

• Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 19). • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9). • Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds, then turn it on again (see page 8).

Good picture, no sound

• Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9). • Press to cancel the muting (see page 9).

Dotted lines or stripes

• Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.

Double images or “ghosts”

• Use a highly directional antenna.

No color

• Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 14).

• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 17). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.

• Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting (usually set this to “Auto”) (see page 18). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. continue Additional Information

01GB08ADV-SOEMMix.p65

21

Black

14/6/05, 8:07 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)

21


continued Symptom

22

Solutions

Picture slant

• Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV. • Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV screen (see page 18).

Abnormal color patches

• Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to demagnetize the TV.

The 1 (standby) indicator on your TV flashes red several times after every three seconds.

• Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes. Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony service center.

The TV screen sometimes goes blank for slightly longer than usual during channel change.

• The “Signal Booster” is functioning to detect a weak signal. This does not indicate a malfunction.

TV cabinet creaks.

• Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.

A small “boom” sound is heard when the TV is turned on.

• The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Additional Information

01GB08ADV-SOEMMix.p65

22 Black

14/6/05, 8:07 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


x Specifications KV-SW252M50

KV-SW292M50 Power requirements

220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Power consumption (W)

Indicated on the rear of the TV

Television system

B/G, I, D/K, M

Color system

PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43

Channel coverage B/G

Note

VHF : E2 to E12 /UHF : E21 to E69 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41

I

UHF : B21 to B68 /CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41 VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 / UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39

D/K

M

VHF : A2 to A13 /UHF : A14 to A79 / CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84

8 (Antenna)

75-ohm external terminal

Audio output (Speaker)

6W+6W

Number of terminal (Video) (Audio) (Component Video)

i (Headphone)

Input: 3 Input: 4

Output: 1 Output: 1

Input: 1

Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms Phono jacks; 500 mVrms Phono jacks; Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, sync negative CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms

Output: 1

Stereo minijack 29 in.

25 in.

Tube size (mm)

724

639

Measured diagonally

Viewing screen size (mm)

679

598

Measured diagonally

Dimensions (w/h/d, mm)

780 × 583 × 523

696 × 517 × 522

47

36

Picture tube

Mass (kg)

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

01GB08ADV-SOEMMix.p65

23

Black

14/6/05, 8:07 pm

Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.